diff --git a/dev/considerations/index.html b/dev/considerations/index.html index e6b4ec17..ca0ba3a8 100644 --- a/dev/considerations/index.html +++ b/dev/considerations/index.html @@ -17,4 +17,4 @@ GCI_YCbCr_CrBand => "b"

the entry for GDAL.GCI_YCbCr_CrBand => "a" got overwritten by GDAL.GCI_Max => "b" because both GDAL.GCI_YCbCr_CrBand and GDAL.GCI_Max corresponded to the same value.

To avoid such forms of behavior, this package uses Base.Enums instead, so the above example would result in the following behavior:

julia> Dict(ArchGDAL.GCI_YCbCr_CrBand => "a", ArchGDAL.GCI_Max => "b")
 Dict{ArchGDAL.GDALColorInterp, String} with 2 entries:
   GCI_YCbCr_CrBand => "a"
-  GCI_Max          => "b"

To maintain parity with GDAL behavior, ArchGDAL.jl provides conversion methods to map from the enums in ArchGDAL to the corresponding cenums from GDAL.jl when calling the corresponding GDAL functions.

Colors

Rather than encouraging operations on colortables (with very limited functionality from GDAL), users are better served by arrays of ColorTypes using Colors.jl, for example

range(startcolor, stop=endcolor, length=15)

instead of

createcolorramp!(colortable, startindex, startcolor, startindex+15, endcolor)

Images

To differentiate 2d arrays of colors from 3d arrays with band as the third dimension:

In general, read() will return Array{UInt8}, and imread() will return Array{<:Colorant}.

Tables.jl Interface

The interface is implemented in src/tables.jl, and is only for feature and geometries in OGR (and not for images and rasters). The current API from GDAL makes it row-based in the conventions of Tables.jl. Therefore,

Missing and Null Semantics in GDAL

When reading the fields of a feature using getfield(feature, i), ArchGDAL observes the following behavior:

Fieldnullnotnull
setmissingvalue
unsetN/Anothing

This reflects that

When writing the fields of a feature using setfield!(feature, i, value), ArchGDAL observes the following behavior:

Fieldnullablenotnullable
nothingunsetunset
missingnullgetdefault()
valuevaluevalue

This reflects that

For additional references, see

+ GCI_Max => "b"

To maintain parity with GDAL behavior, ArchGDAL.jl provides conversion methods to map from the enums in ArchGDAL to the corresponding cenums from GDAL.jl when calling the corresponding GDAL functions.

Colors

Rather than encouraging operations on colortables (with very limited functionality from GDAL), users are better served by arrays of ColorTypes using Colors.jl, for example

range(startcolor, stop=endcolor, length=15)

instead of

createcolorramp!(colortable, startindex, startcolor, startindex+15, endcolor)

Images

To differentiate 2d arrays of colors from 3d arrays with band as the third dimension:

In general, read() will return Array{UInt8}, and imread() will return Array{<:Colorant}.

Tables.jl Interface

The interface is implemented in src/tables.jl, and is only for feature and geometries in OGR (and not for images and rasters). The current API from GDAL makes it row-based in the conventions of Tables.jl. Therefore,

Missing and Null Semantics in GDAL

When reading the fields of a feature using getfield(feature, i), ArchGDAL observes the following behavior:

Fieldnullnotnull
setmissingvalue
unsetN/Anothing

This reflects that

When writing the fields of a feature using setfield!(feature, i, value), ArchGDAL observes the following behavior:

Fieldnullablenotnullable
nothingunsetunset
missingnullgetdefault()
valuevaluevalue

This reflects that

For additional references, see

diff --git a/dev/datasets/index.html b/dev/datasets/index.html index 12561fbc..4a922390 100644 --- a/dev/datasets/index.html +++ b/dev/datasets/index.html @@ -32,4 +32,4 @@ Field 0 (id): [OFTString], 5.1, 5.2 Field 1 (zoom): [OFTString], 1.0, 2.0 Field 2 (location): [OFTString], Mumbai, New Delhi - + diff --git a/dev/features/index.html b/dev/features/index.html index dba3d2da..7b1ed301 100644 --- a/dev/features/index.html +++ b/dev/features/index.html @@ -13,4 +13,4 @@ end
Feature
   (index 0) geom => POINT
   (index 0) FID => 0.0
-  (index 1) pointname => a

You can programmatically retrieve the information using

More information on geometries can be found in Geometric Operations.

+ (index 1) pointname => a

You can programmatically retrieve the information using

More information on geometries can be found in Geometric Operations.

diff --git a/dev/geometries/index.html b/dev/geometries/index.html index 1b681c06..0c44f65d 100644 --- a/dev/geometries/index.html +++ b/dev/geometries/index.html @@ -41,4 +41,4 @@ for j in 1.0:-0.1:0.9 poly = ArchGDAL.createpolygon([(0.,0.), (0.,j), (j,j)]) ArchGDAL.addgeom!(multipolygon, poly) -end

They can also be constructed from other data formats such as:

Geometry Modification

The following methods are commonly used for retrieving elements of a geometry.

The following methods are commonly used for modifying or adding to a geometry.

Unary Operations

The following is an non-exhaustive list of unary operations available for geometries.

Attributes

Predicates

The following predicates return a Bool.

Immutable Operations

The following methods do not modify geom.

Mutable Operations

The following methods modifies the first argument geom.

Export Formats

Binary Operations

The following is an non-exhaustive list of binary operations available for geometries.

Predicates

The following predicates return a Bool.

Prepared geometry

When repeatedly calling ArchGDAL.intersects(g1, g2) and ArchGDAL.contains(g1, g2) on the same geometry, for example, when intersecting 50 points with a 100 polygons, it is possible to increase performance by caching required–otherwise repeatedly calculated–information on geometries. You can do this by preparing a geometry by calling ArchGDAL.preparegeom(geom) and using the resulting prepared geometry as the first argument for ArchGDAL.intersects(g1, g2) or ArchGDAL.contains(g1, g2).

If you use a custom GDAL installation, you can check whether it supports prepared geometries by calling ArchGDAL.has_preparedgeom_support().

Immutable Operations

The following methods do not mutate the input geomteries g1 and g2.

Mutable Operations

The following method modifies the first argument g1.

+end

They can also be constructed from other data formats such as:

Geometry Modification

The following methods are commonly used for retrieving elements of a geometry.

The following methods are commonly used for modifying or adding to a geometry.

Unary Operations

The following is an non-exhaustive list of unary operations available for geometries.

Attributes

Predicates

The following predicates return a Bool.

Immutable Operations

The following methods do not modify geom.

Mutable Operations

The following methods modifies the first argument geom.

Export Formats

Binary Operations

The following is an non-exhaustive list of binary operations available for geometries.

Predicates

The following predicates return a Bool.

Prepared geometry

When repeatedly calling ArchGDAL.intersects(g1, g2) and ArchGDAL.contains(g1, g2) on the same geometry, for example, when intersecting 50 points with a 100 polygons, it is possible to increase performance by caching required–otherwise repeatedly calculated–information on geometries. You can do this by preparing a geometry by calling ArchGDAL.preparegeom(geom) and using the resulting prepared geometry as the first argument for ArchGDAL.intersects(g1, g2) or ArchGDAL.contains(g1, g2).

If you use a custom GDAL installation, you can check whether it supports prepared geometries by calling ArchGDAL.has_preparedgeom_support().

Immutable Operations

The following methods do not mutate the input geomteries g1 and g2.

Mutable Operations

The following method modifies the first argument g1.

diff --git a/dev/images/index.html b/dev/images/index.html index 192a4dfe..d37d05ad 100644 --- a/dev/images/index.html +++ b/dev/images/index.html @@ -117711,4 +117711,4 @@ -

See Colors.jl for more on what you can do.

+

See Colors.jl for more on what you can do.

diff --git a/dev/index.html b/dev/index.html index 31db45f6..1f9acbc8 100644 --- a/dev/index.html +++ b/dev/index.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -ArchGDAL.jl documentation · ArchGDAL.jl
Edit on GitHub

ArchGDAL.jl documentation

GDAL is a translator library for raster and vector geospatial data formats that is released under an X/MIT license by the Open Source Geospatial Foundation. As a library, it presents an abstract data model to drivers for various raster and vector formats.

ArchGDAL.jl aims to be a complete solution for working with GDAL in Julia, similar in scope to the SWIG bindings for Python. It builds on top of GDAL.jl, and provides a high level API for GDAL, espousing the following principles.

Principles (The Arch Way)

(adapted from https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Arch_Linux#Principles)

  • simplicity: without unnecessary additions or modifications. It preserves the GDAL Data Model and requires minimal dependencies.
  • modernity: ArchGDAL strives to maintain the latest stable release versions of GDAL as long as systemic package breakage can be reasonably avoided.
  • pragmatism: The principles here are only useful guidelines. Ultimately, design decisions are made on a case-by-case basis through developer consensus. Evidence-based technical analysis and debate are what matter, not politics or popular opinion.
  • user-centrality: Whereas other libraries attempt to be more user-friendly, ArchGDAL shall be user-centric. It is intended to fill the needs of those contributing to it, rather than trying to appeal to as many users as possible.
  • versatility: ArchGDAL will strive to remain small in its assumptions about the range of user-needs, and to make it easy for users to build their own extensions/conveniences.

Installation

To install this package, run the following command in the Pkg REPL-mode,

pkg> add ArchGDAL

To test if it is installed correctly,

pkg> test ArchGDAL

To load the package,

julia> using ArchGDAL

In the documentation AG is often used as a shorthand for ArchGDAL. To use this shorthand you can use:

import ArchGDAL as AG

Contents

+ArchGDAL.jl documentation · ArchGDAL.jl
Edit on GitHub

ArchGDAL.jl documentation

GDAL is a translator library for raster and vector geospatial data formats that is released under an X/MIT license by the Open Source Geospatial Foundation. As a library, it presents an abstract data model to drivers for various raster and vector formats.

ArchGDAL.jl aims to be a complete solution for working with GDAL in Julia, similar in scope to the SWIG bindings for Python. It builds on top of GDAL.jl, and provides a high level API for GDAL, espousing the following principles.

Principles (The Arch Way)

(adapted from https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Arch_Linux#Principles)

  • simplicity: without unnecessary additions or modifications. It preserves the GDAL Data Model and requires minimal dependencies.
  • modernity: ArchGDAL strives to maintain the latest stable release versions of GDAL as long as systemic package breakage can be reasonably avoided.
  • pragmatism: The principles here are only useful guidelines. Ultimately, design decisions are made on a case-by-case basis through developer consensus. Evidence-based technical analysis and debate are what matter, not politics or popular opinion.
  • user-centrality: Whereas other libraries attempt to be more user-friendly, ArchGDAL shall be user-centric. It is intended to fill the needs of those contributing to it, rather than trying to appeal to as many users as possible.
  • versatility: ArchGDAL will strive to remain small in its assumptions about the range of user-needs, and to make it easy for users to build their own extensions/conveniences.

Installation

To install this package, run the following command in the Pkg REPL-mode,

pkg> add ArchGDAL

To test if it is installed correctly,

pkg> test ArchGDAL

To load the package,

julia> using ArchGDAL

In the documentation AG is often used as a shorthand for ArchGDAL. To use this shorthand you can use:

import ArchGDAL as AG

Contents

diff --git a/dev/memory/index.html b/dev/memory/index.html index 2a807619..0152d2ea 100644 --- a/dev/memory/index.html +++ b/dev/memory/index.html @@ -44,4 +44,4 @@ end

The I in IRasterBand indicates that it is an [i]nteractive type. Other interactive types include IDataset, IFeatureLayer, ISpatialRef and IGeometry.

ArchGDAL requires all interactive types to have a finalizer that calls destroy() on them. All objects that have a relationship with an interactive object are required to hold a reference to the interactive object. For example, objects of type IRasterBand might have a relationship with an IDataset, therefore they have an ownedby attribute which might refer to such a dataset.

Views

Sometimes, it is helpful to work with objects that are "internal references" that have restrictions on the types of methods that they support. As an example layerdefn(featurelayer) returns a feature definition that is internal to the feature layer, and does not support methods such as write!(featuredefn, fielddefn) and deletegeomdefn!(featuredefn, i). To indicate that they might have restrictions, some types have View as a postfix. Such types include IFeatureDefnView, IFieldDefnView, and IGeomFieldDefnView.

Summary

To summarize,

  • ArchGDAL.unsafe_<method>(args...) will return a scoped object. The proper way of using them is within the setting of a do-block:
ArchGDAL.<method>(args...) do result
     # result is a scoped object
 end
  • ArchGDAL.<method>(args...) will return an interactive object.
result = ArchGDAL.<method>(args...)
-# result is an interactive object
Note

Users are allowed to mix both "interactive" and "scoped" objects. As long as they do not manually call ArchGDAL.destroy() on any object, ArchGDAL is designed to avoid the pitfalls of GDAL memory management (e.g. in Python Gotchas).

References

Here's a collection of references for developers who are interested.

+# result is an interactive object
Note

Users are allowed to mix both "interactive" and "scoped" objects. As long as they do not manually call ArchGDAL.destroy() on any object, ArchGDAL is designed to avoid the pitfalls of GDAL memory management (e.g. in Python Gotchas).

References

Here's a collection of references for developers who are interested.

diff --git a/dev/projections/index.html b/dev/projections/index.html index 671180ba..2b76f1cd 100644 --- a/dev/projections/index.html +++ b/dev/projections/index.html @@ -11,16 +11,16 @@ coords = zip(rand(10), rand(10)) df = DataFrame(geom=ArchGDAL.createpoint.(coords), name="test"); df.geom = ArchGDAL.reproject(df.geom, GFT.EPSG(4326), GFT.EPSG(28992))
10-element Vector{ArchGDAL.IGeometry{ArchGDAL.wkbPoint}}:
- Geometry: POINT (-451756.042123387 -5729860.98242308)
- Geometry: POINT (-487780.159329984 -5670122.62126901)
- Geometry: POINT (-526701.472528177 -5687405.4282845)
- Geometry: POINT (-501506.599001735 -5734599.8105523)
- Geometry: POINT (-493791.93773978 -5676526.96920574)
- Geometry: POINT (-567426.363647875 -5721277.04086516)
- Geometry: POINT (-512314.459961415 -5616325.37852545)
- Geometry: POINT (-486228.723439133 -5610856.01330047)
- Geometry: POINT (-462862.304306398 -5736564.60075863)
- Geometry: POINT (-493753.845470383 -5705910.07095333)

Reprojecting from a layer

# Plotting with native GEOJSON geographic CRS
+ Geometry: POINT (-484147.678296474 -5685998.09812494)
+ Geometry: POINT (-460083.398608341 -5688941.75531917)
+ Geometry: POINT (-522982.542466661 -5629088.59596971)
+ Geometry: POINT (-468676.238507069 -5638707.50653126)
+ Geometry: POINT (-532846.230809895 -5640878.42105554)
+ Geometry: POINT (-475300.158147379 -5654026.62224393)
+ Geometry: POINT (-538445.24641292 -5726633.1101579)
+ Geometry: POINT (-480214.283629555 -5713439.23613008)
+ Geometry: POINT (-521996.500003108 -5687154.08526376)
+ Geometry: POINT (-533852.273517308 -5646602.79905989)

Reprojecting from a layer

# Plotting with native GEOJSON geographic CRS
 p_WGS_84 = AG.getfeature(layer, 0) do feature
     AG.getgeom(feature, 0) do geom
         plot(geom; fa=0.1, title="WGS 84")
@@ -41,747 +41,747 @@
 plot(p_WGS_84, p_Lambert_93; size=(600, 200), layout=(1,2))
- + - + - + - + - + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + -

References

Some background on OpenGIS coordinate systems and services can be found in the Simple Features for COM, and Spatial Reference Systems Abstract Model documents available from the Open Geospatial Consortium. The GeoTIFF Projections Transform List may also be of assistance in understanding formulations of projections in WKT. The EPSG Geodesy web page is also a useful resource. You may also consult the OGC WKT Coordinate System Issues page.

+

References

Some background on OpenGIS coordinate systems and services can be found in the Simple Features for COM, and Spatial Reference Systems Abstract Model documents available from the Open Geospatial Consortium. The GeoTIFF Projections Transform List may also be of assistance in understanding formulations of projections in WKT. The EPSG Geodesy web page is also a useful resource. You may also consult the OGC WKT Coordinate System Issues page.

diff --git a/dev/quickstart/index.html b/dev/quickstart/index.html index 43759513..b70d2af8 100644 --- a/dev/quickstart/index.html +++ b/dev/quickstart/index.html @@ -73,4 +73,4 @@ AG.setgeotransform!(dataset, gt) AG.setproj!(dataset, crs) -end
NULL Dataset
+end
NULL Dataset
diff --git a/dev/rasters/index.html b/dev/rasters/index.html index a28548cd..d4d049c4 100644 --- a/dev/rasters/index.html +++ b/dev/rasters/index.html @@ -78,4 +78,4 @@ dataset[1000,300,:]
3-element Vector{UInt8}:
  0x87
  0x78
- 0x41

and broadcasting, views and reductions are provided by the DiskArrays package. In addition, many ArchGDAL functions like (getband, nraster, getgeotransform, etc) are delegated to the wrapped Dataset and work for RasterDatasets as well.

+ 0x41

and broadcasting, views and reductions are provided by the DiskArrays package. In addition, many ArchGDAL functions like (getband, nraster, getgeotransform, etc) are delegated to the wrapped Dataset and work for RasterDatasets as well.

diff --git a/dev/reference/index.html b/dev/reference/index.html index 56280f23..221dbe84 100644 --- a/dev/reference/index.html +++ b/dev/reference/index.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -API Reference · ArchGDAL.jl
Edit on GitHub

API Reference

General

ArchGDAL.arecompatible — Method
arecompatible(dtype::OGRFieldType, subtype::OGRFieldSubType)

Return if type and subtype are compatible.

References

  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc50ogrfield_subtype.html
source
ArchGDAL.colorinterp — Method
colorinterp(name::AbstractString)

Get color interpretation corresponding to the given symbolic name.

source
ArchGDAL.getname — Method
getname(obj::GDALColorInterp)

Return name (string) corresponding to color interpretation.

source
ArchGDAL.getname — Method
getname(obj::OGRFieldSubType)

Fetch human readable name for a field subtype.

References

  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc50ogrfield_subtype.html
source
ArchGDAL.iscomplex — Method
iscomplex(dtype::GDALDataType)

true if dtype is one of GDT_{CInt16|CInt32|CFloat32|CFloat64}.

source
ArchGDAL.typesize — Method
typesize(dt::GDALDataType)

Get the number of bits or zero if it is not recognised.

source
ArchGDAL.typeunion — Method
typeunion(dt1::GDALDataType, dt2::GDALDataType)

Return the smallest data type that can fully express both input data types.

source
ArchGDAL._dummyprogress — Function

Default progress function, which logs no progress. A progress function should return true to continue, or false to abort.

source
ArchGDAL._progresscallback — Method
_progresscallback(dfComplete::Cdouble, pszMessage::Cstring, pProgressArg::Ptr{Cvoid})::Cint

The progress callback function to be passed to GDAL. Users can provide their own progress function by passing a function of the form f(dfComplete::Cdouble, pszMessage::Cstring)::Bool to the progressfunc keyword argument of the functions that implement it, which should be wrapped in a Ref.

In essence, we pass a pointer to the (user-provided) progress function to GDAL, and GDAL passes it back to us, including the progress ratio and message. We then call the user-provided function with these arguments.

Parameters

  • dfComplete – completion ratio from 0.0 to 1.0.
  • pszMessage – optional message (made available as an argument to the user-defined progress function).
  • pProgressArg – callback data argument (i.e. user-defined progress function, see _dummyprogress).
source
ArchGDAL.clearconfigoption — Method
clearconfigoption(option::AbstractString)

This function can be used to clear a setting.

Note: it will not unset an existing environment variable; it will just unset a value previously set by setconfigoption().

source
ArchGDAL.clearthreadconfigoption — Method
clearthreadconfigoption(option::AbstractString)

This function can be used to clear a setting.

Note: it will not unset an existing environment variable; it will just unset a value previously set by setthreadconfigoption().

source
ArchGDAL.getconfigoption — Function
getconfigoption(option::AbstractString, default = C_NULL)

Get the value of a configuration option.

The value is the value of a (key, value) option set with setconfigoption(). If the given option was not defined with setconfigoption(), it tries to find it in environment variables.

Parameters

  • option the key of the option to retrieve
  • default a default value if the key does not match existing defined options

Returns

the value associated to the key, or the default value if not found.

source
ArchGDAL.getthreadconfigoption — Function
getthreadconfigoption(option::AbstractString, default = C_NULL)

Same as getconfigoption() but with settings from setthreadconfigoption().

source
ArchGDAL.metadata — Method
metadata(obj; domain::AbstractString = "")

Fetch metadata. Note that relatively few formats return any metadata.

source
ArchGDAL.metadataitem — Method
metadataitem(obj, name::AbstractString, domain::AbstractString)

Fetch single metadata item.

Parameters

  • name the name of the metadata item to fetch.
  • domain (optional) the domain to fetch for.

Returns

The metadata item on success, or an empty string on failure.

source
ArchGDAL.setconfigoption — Method
setconfigoption(option::AbstractString, value)

Set a configuration option for GDAL/OGR use.

Those options are defined as a (key, value) couple. The value corresponding to a key can be got later with the getconfigoption() method.

Parameters

  • option the key of the option
  • value the value of the option, or NULL to clear a setting.

This mechanism is similar to environment variables, but options set with setconfigoption() overrides, for getconfigoption() point of view, values defined in the environment.

If setconfigoption() is called several times with the same key, the value provided during the last call will be used.

source
ArchGDAL.setthreadconfigoption — Method
setthreadconfigoption(option::AbstractString, value)

Set a configuration option for GDAL/OGR use.

Those options are defined as a (key, value) couple. The value corresponding to a key can be got later with the getconfigoption() method.

Parameters

  • option the key of the option
  • value the value of the option

This function sets the configuration option that only applies in the current thread, as opposed to setconfigoption() which sets an option that applies on all threads.

source
ArchGDAL.@convert — Macro
@convert(<T1>::<T2>,
+API Reference · ArchGDAL.jl
Edit on GitHub
API Reference
General
ArchGDAL.arecompatible — Method
arecompatible(dtype::OGRFieldType, subtype::OGRFieldSubType)
Return if type and subtype are compatible.
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc50ogrfield_subtype.html
source
ArchGDAL.colorinterp — Method
colorinterp(name::AbstractString)
Get color interpretation corresponding to the given symbolic name.
source
ArchGDAL.getname — Method
getname(obj::GDALColorInterp)
Return name (string) corresponding to color interpretation.
source
ArchGDAL.getname — Method
getname(obj::OGRFieldSubType)
Fetch human readable name for a field subtype.
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc50ogrfield_subtype.html
source
ArchGDAL.iscomplex — Method
iscomplex(dtype::GDALDataType)
true if dtype is one of GDT_{CInt16|CInt32|CFloat32|CFloat64}.
source
ArchGDAL.typesize — Method
typesize(dt::GDALDataType)
Get the number of bits or zero if it is not recognised.
source
ArchGDAL.typeunion — Method
typeunion(dt1::GDALDataType, dt2::GDALDataType)
Return the smallest data type that can fully express both input data types.
source
ArchGDAL._dummyprogress — Function
Default progress function, which logs no progress. A progress function should return true to continue, or false to abort.
source
ArchGDAL._progresscallback — Method
_progresscallback(dfComplete::Cdouble, pszMessage::Cstring, pProgressArg::Ptr{Cvoid})::Cint
The progress callback function to be passed to GDAL. Users can provide their own progress function by passing a function of the form f(dfComplete::Cdouble, pszMessage::Cstring)::Bool to the progressfunc keyword argument of the functions that implement it, which should be wrapped in a Ref.
In essence, we pass a pointer to the (user-provided) progress function to GDAL, and GDAL passes it back to us, including the progress ratio and message. We then call the user-provided function with these arguments.
Parameters
  • dfComplete – completion ratio from 0.0 to 1.0.
  • pszMessage – optional message (made available as an argument to the user-defined progress function).
  • pProgressArg – callback data argument (i.e. user-defined progress function, see _dummyprogress).
source
ArchGDAL.clearconfigoption — Method
clearconfigoption(option::AbstractString)
This function can be used to clear a setting.
Note: it will not unset an existing environment variable; it will just unset a value previously set by setconfigoption().
source
ArchGDAL.clearthreadconfigoption — Method
clearthreadconfigoption(option::AbstractString)
This function can be used to clear a setting.
Note: it will not unset an existing environment variable; it will just unset a value previously set by setthreadconfigoption().
source
ArchGDAL.getconfigoption — Function
getconfigoption(option::AbstractString, default = C_NULL)
Get the value of a configuration option.
The value is the value of a (key, value) option set with setconfigoption(). If the given option was not defined with setconfigoption(), it tries to find it in environment variables.
Parameters
  • option  the key of the option to retrieve
  • default a default value if the key does not match existing defined options
Returns
the value associated to the key, or the default value if not found.
source
ArchGDAL.getthreadconfigoption — Function
getthreadconfigoption(option::AbstractString, default = C_NULL)
Same as getconfigoption() but with settings from setthreadconfigoption().
source
ArchGDAL.metadata — Method
metadata(obj; domain::AbstractString = "")
Fetch metadata. Note that relatively few formats return any metadata.
source
ArchGDAL.metadataitem — Method
metadataitem(obj, name::AbstractString, domain::AbstractString)
Fetch single metadata item.
Parameters
  • name the name of the metadata item to fetch.
  • domain (optional) the domain to fetch for.
Returns
The metadata item on success, or an empty string on failure.
source
ArchGDAL.setconfigoption — Method
setconfigoption(option::AbstractString, value)
Set a configuration option for GDAL/OGR use.
Those options are defined as a (key, value) couple. The value corresponding to a key can be got later with the getconfigoption() method.
Parameters
  • option  the key of the option
  • value   the value of the option, or NULL to clear a setting.
This mechanism is similar to environment variables, but options set with setconfigoption() overrides, for getconfigoption() point of view, values defined in the environment.
If setconfigoption() is called several times with the same key, the value provided during the last call will be used.
source
ArchGDAL.setthreadconfigoption — Method
setthreadconfigoption(option::AbstractString, value)
Set a configuration option for GDAL/OGR use.
Those options are defined as a (key, value) couple. The value corresponding to a key can be got later with the getconfigoption() method.
Parameters
  • option  the key of the option
  • value   the value of the option
This function sets the configuration option that only applies in the current thread, as opposed to setconfigoption() which sets an option that applies on all threads.
source
ArchGDAL.@convert — Macro
@convert(<T1>::<T2>,
     <conversions>
 )
Generate convert functions both ways between ArchGDAL Enum of typeids (e.g. ArchGDAL.OGRFieldType) and other types or typeids.
ArchGDAL uses Enum types, listing typeids of various data container used in GDAL/OGR object model. Some of these types are used to implement concrete types in julia through parametric composite types based on those Enum of typeids (e.g. Geometry and IGeometry types with OGRwkbGeometryType)
Other types or typeids can be:
  • GDAL CEnum.Cenum typeids (e.g. GDAL.OGRFieldType),
  • Base primitive DataType types (e.g. Bool),
  • other parametric composite types (e.g. ImageCore.Normed)
Arguments
  • (<T1>::<T2>)::Expr: source and target supertypes, where T1<:Enum  and T2<:CEnum.Cenum || T2::Type{DataType} || T2::UnionAll}`
  • (<stype1>::<stype2>)::Expr: source and target subtypes or type ids with stype1::T1 and
    • stype2::T2 where T2<:CEnum.Cenum or
    • stype2::T2 where T2::Type{DataType} or
    • stype2<:T2where T2<:UnionAll
  • ...
Note: In the case where the mapping is not bijective, the last declared typeid of subtype is used. Example:
@convert(
     OGRFieldType::DataType,
@@ -32,58 +32,58 @@
     OGRFieldType_to_DataType_map[ft]
 
 Base.convert(::Type{OGRFieldType}, ft::Type{Bool}) = OFTInteger
-Base.convert(::Type{OGRFieldType}, ft::Type{Int16}) = OFTInteger
source
GDAL Constants
ArchGDAL.GDALAccess — Type
The value of GDALAccess could be different from GDAL.GDALAccess.
It maps correctly to GDAL.GDALAccess if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.GDALAccess, ArchGDAL.GA_ReadOnly)
source
ArchGDAL.GDALAsyncStatusType — Type
The value of GDALAsyncStatusType could be different from GDAL.GDALAsyncStatusType.
It maps correctly to GDAL.GDALAsyncStatusType if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.GDALAsyncStatusType, ArchGDAL.GARIO_PENDING)
source
ArchGDAL.GDALColorInterp — Type
The value of GDALColorInterp could be different from GDAL.GDALColorInterp.
It maps correctly to GDAL.GDALColorInterp if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.GDALColorInterp, ArchGDAL.GCI_Undefined)
source
ArchGDAL.GDALDataType — Type
The value of GDALDataType could be different from GDAL.GDALDataType.
It maps correctly to GDAL.GDALDataType if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.GDALDataType, ArchGDAL.GDT_Unknown)
source
ArchGDAL.GDALPaletteInterp — Type
The value of GDALPaletteInterp could be different from GDAL.GDALPaletteInterp.
It maps correctly to GDAL.GDALPaletteInterp if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.GDALPaletteInterp, ArchGDAL.GPI_Gray)
source
ArchGDAL.GDALRATFieldType — Type
The value of GDALRATFieldType could be different from GDAL.GDALRATFieldType.
It maps correctly to GDAL.GDALRATFieldType if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.GDALRATFieldType, ArchGDAL.GFT_Integer)
source
ArchGDAL.GDALRATFieldUsage — Type
The value of GDALRATFieldUsage could be different from GDAL.GDALRATFieldUsage.
It maps correctly to GDAL.GDALRATFieldUsage if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.GDALRATFieldUsage, ArchGDAL.GFU_Generic)
source
ArchGDAL.GDALRWFlag — Type
The value of GDALRWFlag could be different from GDAL.GDALRWFlag.
It maps correctly to GDAL.GDALRWFlag if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.GDALRWFlag, ArchGDAL.GF_Read)
source
ArchGDAL.OGRFieldSubType — Type
The value of OGRFieldSubType could be different from GDAL.OGRFieldSubType.
It maps correctly to GDAL.OGRFieldSubType if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.OGRFieldSubType, ArchGDAL.OFSTNone)
source
ArchGDAL.OGRFieldType — Type
The value of OGRFieldType could be different from GDAL.OGRFieldType.
It maps correctly to GDAL.OGRFieldType if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.OGRFieldType, ArchGDAL.OFTInteger)
source
ArchGDAL.OGRJustification — Type
The value of OGRJustification could be different from GDAL.OGRJustification.
It maps correctly to GDAL.OGRJustification if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.OGRJustification, ArchGDAL.OJUndefined)
source
ArchGDAL.OGRSTClassId — Type
The value of OGRSTClassId could be different from GDAL.OGRSTClassId.
It maps correctly to GDAL.OGRSTClassId if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.OGRSTClassId, ArchGDAL.OGRSTCNone)
source
ArchGDAL.OGRSTUnitId — Type
The value of OGRSTUnitId could be different from GDAL.OGRSTUnitId.
It maps correctly to GDAL.OGRSTUnitId if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.OGRSTUnitId, ArchGDAL.OGRSTUGround)
source
ArchGDAL.OGRwkbByteOrder — Type
The value of OGRwkbByteOrder could be different from GDAL.OGRwkbByteOrder.
It maps correctly to GDAL.OGRwkbByteOrder if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.OGRwkbByteOrder, ArchGDAL.wkbXDR)
source
ArchGDAL.OGRwkbGeometryType — Type
The value of OGRwkbGeometryType could be different from GDAL.OGRwkbGeometryType.
It maps correctly to GDAL.OGRwkbGeometryType if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.OGRwkbGeometryType, ArchGDAL.wkbUnknown)
source
GDAL Datasets
ArchGDAL.buildoverviews! — Method
buildoverviews!(dataset::AbstractDataset, overviewlist::Vector{Cint};
-    bandlist, resampling="NEAREST", progressfunc)
Build raster overview(s).
If the operation is unsupported for the indicated dataset, then CEFailure is returned, and CPLGetLastErrorNo() will return CPLENotSupported.
Parameters
  • overviewlist overview decimation factors to build.
Keyword Parameters
  • panBandList  list of band numbers. Must be in Cint (default = all)
  • sampling     one of "NEAREST" (default), "GAUSS","CUBIC","AVERAGE","MODE",                "AVERAGE_MAGPHASE" or "NONE" controlling the downsampling                method applied.
  • progressfunc a function(::Float64, ::String)::Bool to call to report progress
source
ArchGDAL.copy — Method
copy(dataset::AbstractDataset; [filename, [driver, [<keyword arguments>]]])
Create a copy of a dataset.
This method will attempt to create a copy of a raster dataset with the indicated filename, and in this drivers format. Band number, size, type, projection, geotransform and so forth are all to be copied from the provided template dataset.
Parameters
  • dataset       the dataset being duplicated.
Keyword Arguments
  • filename      the filename for the new dataset. UTF-8 encoded.
  • driver        the driver to use for creating the new dataset
  • strict        $true$ if the copy must be strictly equivalent, or more                 normally $false$ if the copy may adapt as needed for the output format.
  • options       additional format dependent options controlling creation                 of the output file. The APPEND_SUBDATASET=YES option can be specified to                 avoid prior destruction of existing dataset.
  • progressfunc  a function(::Float64, ::String)::Bool to call to report progress
Example
dataset = ArchGDAL.copy(originaldataset)
+Base.convert(::Type{OGRFieldType}, ft::Type{Int16}) = OFTInteger
source
GDAL Constants
ArchGDAL.GDALAccess — Type
The value of GDALAccess could be different from GDAL.GDALAccess.
It maps correctly to GDAL.GDALAccess if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.GDALAccess, ArchGDAL.GA_ReadOnly)
source
ArchGDAL.GDALAsyncStatusType — Type
The value of GDALAsyncStatusType could be different from GDAL.GDALAsyncStatusType.
It maps correctly to GDAL.GDALAsyncStatusType if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.GDALAsyncStatusType, ArchGDAL.GARIO_PENDING)
source
ArchGDAL.GDALColorInterp — Type
The value of GDALColorInterp could be different from GDAL.GDALColorInterp.
It maps correctly to GDAL.GDALColorInterp if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.GDALColorInterp, ArchGDAL.GCI_Undefined)
source
ArchGDAL.GDALDataType — Type
The value of GDALDataType could be different from GDAL.GDALDataType.
It maps correctly to GDAL.GDALDataType if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.GDALDataType, ArchGDAL.GDT_Unknown)
source
ArchGDAL.GDALPaletteInterp — Type
The value of GDALPaletteInterp could be different from GDAL.GDALPaletteInterp.
It maps correctly to GDAL.GDALPaletteInterp if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.GDALPaletteInterp, ArchGDAL.GPI_Gray)
source
ArchGDAL.GDALRATFieldType — Type
The value of GDALRATFieldType could be different from GDAL.GDALRATFieldType.
It maps correctly to GDAL.GDALRATFieldType if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.GDALRATFieldType, ArchGDAL.GFT_Integer)
source
ArchGDAL.GDALRATFieldUsage — Type
The value of GDALRATFieldUsage could be different from GDAL.GDALRATFieldUsage.
It maps correctly to GDAL.GDALRATFieldUsage if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.GDALRATFieldUsage, ArchGDAL.GFU_Generic)
source
ArchGDAL.GDALRWFlag — Type
The value of GDALRWFlag could be different from GDAL.GDALRWFlag.
It maps correctly to GDAL.GDALRWFlag if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.GDALRWFlag, ArchGDAL.GF_Read)
source
ArchGDAL.OGRFieldSubType — Type
The value of OGRFieldSubType could be different from GDAL.OGRFieldSubType.
It maps correctly to GDAL.OGRFieldSubType if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.OGRFieldSubType, ArchGDAL.OFSTNone)
source
ArchGDAL.OGRFieldType — Type
The value of OGRFieldType could be different from GDAL.OGRFieldType.
It maps correctly to GDAL.OGRFieldType if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.OGRFieldType, ArchGDAL.OFTInteger)
source
ArchGDAL.OGRJustification — Type
The value of OGRJustification could be different from GDAL.OGRJustification.
It maps correctly to GDAL.OGRJustification if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.OGRJustification, ArchGDAL.OJUndefined)
source
ArchGDAL.OGRSTClassId — Type
The value of OGRSTClassId could be different from GDAL.OGRSTClassId.
It maps correctly to GDAL.OGRSTClassId if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.OGRSTClassId, ArchGDAL.OGRSTCNone)
source
ArchGDAL.OGRSTUnitId — Type
The value of OGRSTUnitId could be different from GDAL.OGRSTUnitId.
It maps correctly to GDAL.OGRSTUnitId if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.OGRSTUnitId, ArchGDAL.OGRSTUGround)
source
ArchGDAL.OGRwkbByteOrder — Type
The value of OGRwkbByteOrder could be different from GDAL.OGRwkbByteOrder.
It maps correctly to GDAL.OGRwkbByteOrder if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.OGRwkbByteOrder, ArchGDAL.wkbXDR)
source
ArchGDAL.OGRwkbGeometryType — Type
The value of OGRwkbGeometryType could be different from GDAL.OGRwkbGeometryType.
It maps correctly to GDAL.OGRwkbGeometryType if you do e.g.
convert(GDAL.OGRwkbGeometryType, ArchGDAL.wkbUnknown)
source
GDAL Datasets
ArchGDAL.buildoverviews! — Method
buildoverviews!(dataset::AbstractDataset, overviewlist::Vector{Cint};
+    bandlist, resampling="NEAREST", progressfunc)
Build raster overview(s).
If the operation is unsupported for the indicated dataset, then CEFailure is returned, and CPLGetLastErrorNo() will return CPLENotSupported.
Parameters
  • overviewlist overview decimation factors to build.
Keyword Parameters
  • panBandList  list of band numbers. Must be in Cint (default = all)
  • sampling     one of "NEAREST" (default), "GAUSS","CUBIC","AVERAGE","MODE",                "AVERAGE_MAGPHASE" or "NONE" controlling the downsampling                method applied.
  • progressfunc a function(::Float64, ::String)::Bool to call to report progress
source
ArchGDAL.copy — Method
copy(dataset::AbstractDataset; [filename, [driver, [<keyword arguments>]]])
Create a copy of a dataset.
This method will attempt to create a copy of a raster dataset with the indicated filename, and in this drivers format. Band number, size, type, projection, geotransform and so forth are all to be copied from the provided template dataset.
Parameters
  • dataset       the dataset being duplicated.
Keyword Arguments
  • filename      the filename for the new dataset. UTF-8 encoded.
  • driver        the driver to use for creating the new dataset
  • strict        $true$ if the copy must be strictly equivalent, or more                 normally $false$ if the copy may adapt as needed for the output format.
  • options       additional format dependent options controlling creation                 of the output file. The APPEND_SUBDATASET=YES option can be specified to                 avoid prior destruction of existing dataset.
  • progressfunc  a function(::Float64, ::String)::Bool to call to report progress
Example
dataset = ArchGDAL.copy(originaldataset)
 # work with dataset from here
or
ArchGDAL.copy(originaldataset) do dataset
     # work with dataset from here
-end
Returns
The newly created dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.copylayers! — Method
copylayers!(source_dataset, target_dataset; kwargs...)
Copies a (sub)set of layers from source to target dataset. Note that eventual layer options have to conform with the target dataset driver.
Currently working drivers: FlatGeobuf, GeoJSON, GeoJSONSeq, GML, GPKG, JML, KML, MapML, ESRI Shapefile, SQLite
Keyword arguments
  • driver:           The driver to use, you have to manually select the right driver for the file extension you wish
  • options:          A vector of strings containing KEY=VALUE pairs for driver-specific creation options
  • source_layer_indices:    Specifies which layers should be written. Can be e.g. a range, Vector{Int} or tuple.
  • layer_options:    Driver specific options for layer creation. The options can either be a Vector{String} to provide the                     same options for each layer, or a Dict(layer_index => Vector{String}) to provide individual options per layer.                     Note that layer indexing in GDAL starts with 0. The strings have to be KEY=VALUE pairs.                     An example for two layers: Dict(0 => ["FORMAT=WKT", "LAUNDER=NO"], 1 => ["STRICT=NO"])
  • chunksize:        Number of features to write in one database transaction. Neglected when use_gdal_copy is true.
  • use_gdal_copy:    Set this to false (default is true) to achieve higher write speeds at the cost of possible errors.                     Note that when set to true, no coordinate transformations are possible while writing the features.
source
ArchGDAL.copywholeraster! — Method
copywholeraster(source::AbstractDataset, dest::AbstractDataset;
-    options::StringList, progressfunc::Function)
Copy all dataset raster data.
This function copies the complete raster contents of one dataset to another similarly configured dataset. The source and destination dataset must have the same number of bands, and the same width and height. The bands do not have to have the same data type.
Currently the only options supported are : "INTERLEAVE=PIXEL" to force pixel interleaved operation and "COMPRESSED=YES" to force alignment on target dataset block sizes to achieve best compression. More options may be supported in the future.
For progress reporting one can pass progressfunc function(::Float64, ::String)::Bool to call to report progress.
Additional Remarks
This function is primarily intended to support implementation of driver specific createcopy() functions. It implements efficient copying, in particular "chunking" the copy in substantial blocks and, if appropriate, performing the transfer in a pixel interleaved fashion.
source
ArchGDAL.create — Method
create(filename::AbstractString; driver, width, height, nbands, dtype,
+end
Returns
The newly created dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.copylayers! — Method
copylayers!(source_dataset, target_dataset; kwargs...)
Copies a (sub)set of layers from source to target dataset. Note that eventual layer options have to conform with the target dataset driver.
Currently working drivers: FlatGeobuf, GeoJSON, GeoJSONSeq, GML, GPKG, JML, KML, MapML, ESRI Shapefile, SQLite
Keyword arguments
  • driver:           The driver to use, you have to manually select the right driver for the file extension you wish
  • options:          A vector of strings containing KEY=VALUE pairs for driver-specific creation options
  • source_layer_indices:    Specifies which layers should be written. Can be e.g. a range, Vector{Int} or tuple.
  • layer_options:    Driver specific options for layer creation. The options can either be a Vector{String} to provide the                     same options for each layer, or a Dict(layer_index => Vector{String}) to provide individual options per layer.                     Note that layer indexing in GDAL starts with 0. The strings have to be KEY=VALUE pairs.                     An example for two layers: Dict(0 => ["FORMAT=WKT", "LAUNDER=NO"], 1 => ["STRICT=NO"])
  • chunksize:        Number of features to write in one database transaction. Neglected when use_gdal_copy is true.
  • use_gdal_copy:    Set this to false (default is true) to achieve higher write speeds at the cost of possible errors.                     Note that when set to true, no coordinate transformations are possible while writing the features.
source
ArchGDAL.copywholeraster! — Method
copywholeraster(source::AbstractDataset, dest::AbstractDataset;
+    options::StringList, progressfunc::Function)
Copy all dataset raster data.
This function copies the complete raster contents of one dataset to another similarly configured dataset. The source and destination dataset must have the same number of bands, and the same width and height. The bands do not have to have the same data type.
Currently the only options supported are : "INTERLEAVE=PIXEL" to force pixel interleaved operation and "COMPRESSED=YES" to force alignment on target dataset block sizes to achieve best compression. More options may be supported in the future.
For progress reporting one can pass progressfunc function(::Float64, ::String)::Bool to call to report progress.
Additional Remarks
This function is primarily intended to support implementation of driver specific createcopy() functions. It implements efficient copying, in particular "chunking" the copy in substantial blocks and, if appropriate, performing the transfer in a pixel interleaved fashion.
source
ArchGDAL.create — Method
create(filename::AbstractString; driver, width, height, nbands, dtype,
     options)
Create a new dataset.
Parameters
  • filename       the filename for the dataset being created.
Keyword Arguments
  • driver        the driver to use for creating the new dataset
  • options       additional format dependent options controlling creation
of the output file. The APPEND_SUBDATASET=YES option can be specified to avoid prior destruction of existing dataset.
  • width, height, nbands, dtype: only for raster datasets.
Example
dataset = ArchGDAL.create(filename; ...)
 # work with raster dataset from here
or
ArchGDAL.create(filename; ...) do dataset
     # work with vector dataset from here
-end
Returns
The newly created dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.deletelayer! — Method
deletelayer!(dataset::AbstractDataset, i::Integer)
Delete the indicated layer (at index i; between 0 to nlayer()-1)
Returns
OGRERR_NONE on success, or OGRERR_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION if deleting layers is not supported for this dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.filelist — Method
filelist(dataset::AbstractDataset)
Fetch files forming dataset.
Returns a list of files believed to be part of this dataset. If it returns an empty list of files it means there is believed to be no local file system files associated with the dataset (for instance a virtual dataset). The returned file list is owned by the caller and should be deallocated with CSLDestroy().
The returned filenames will normally be relative or absolute paths depending on the path used to originally open the dataset. The strings will be UTF-8 encoded
source
ArchGDAL.getband — Method
getband(dataset::AbstractDataset, i::Integer)
-getband(ds::RasterDataset, i::Integer)
Fetch a band object for a dataset from its index.
source
ArchGDAL.getdriver — Method
getdriver(dataset::AbstractDataset)
Fetch the driver that the dataset was created with
source
ArchGDAL.getgeotransform! — Method
getgeotransform!(dataset::AbstractDataset, transform::Vector{Cdouble})
Fetch the affine transformation coefficients.
Fetches the coefficients for transforming between pixel/line (P,L) raster space, and projection coordinates (Xp,Yp) space.
   Xp = padfTransform[0] + P*padfTransform[1] + L*padfTransform[2];
-   Yp = padfTransform[3] + P*padfTransform[4] + L*padfTransform[5];
In a north up image, padfTransform[1] is the pixel width, and padfTransform[5] is the pixel height. The upper left corner of the upper left pixel is at position (padfTransform[0],padfTransform[3]).
The default transform is (0,1,0,0,0,1) and should be returned even when a CE_Failure error is returned, such as for formats that don't support transformation to projection coordinates.
Parameters
  • buffer   a six double buffer into which the transformation will be placed.
Returns
CE_None on success, or CE_Failure if no transform can be fetched.
source
ArchGDAL.getlayer — Method
getlayer(dataset::AbstractDataset, name::AbstractString)
Fetch the feature layer corresponding to the given name
The returned layer remains owned by the dataset and should not be deleted by the application.
source
ArchGDAL.getlayer — Method
getlayer(dataset::AbstractDataset, i::Integer)
Fetch the layer at index i (between 0 and nlayer(dataset)-1)
The returned layer remains owned by the dataset and should not be deleted by the application.
source
ArchGDAL.getlayer — Method
getlayer(dataset::AbstractDataset)
Fetch the first layer and raise an error if dataset contains more than one layer
The returned layer remains owned by the dataset and should not be deleted by the application.
source
ArchGDAL.getproj — Method
getproj(dataset::AbstractDataset)
Fetch the projection definition string for this dataset in OpenGIS WKT format.
It should be suitable for use with the OGRSpatialReference class. When a projection definition is not available an empty (but not NULL) string is returned.
source
ArchGDAL.ngcp — Method
ngcp(dataset::AbstractDataset)
Get number of GCPs for this dataset. Zero if there are none.
source
ArchGDAL.nlayer — Method
nlayer(dataset::AbstractDataset)
Fetch the number of feature layers on this dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.nraster — Method
nraster(dataset::AbstractDataset)
Fetch the number of raster bands on this dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.pixeltype — Method
pixeltype(ds::AbstractDataset)
Tries to determine a common dataset type for all the bands in a raster dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.read — Method
read(filename; flags=OF_READONLY, alloweddrivers, options, siblingfiles)
Open a raster file
Parameters
  • filename: the filename of the dataset to be read.
Keyword Arguments
  • flags: a combination of OF_* flags (listed below) that may be   combined through the logical | operator. It defaults to OF_READONLY.
    • Driver kind: OF_Raster for raster drivers, OF_Vector for vector   drivers. If none of the value is specified, both are implied.
    • Access mode: OF_READONLY (exclusive) or OF_UPDATE.
    • Shared mode: OF_Shared. If set, it allows the sharing of handles for a   dataset with other callers that have set OF_Shared.
    • Verbose error: OF_VERBOSE_ERROR. If set, a failed attempt to open the   file will lead to an error message to be reported.
  • options: additional format dependent options.
Example
dataset = ArchGDAL.read("point.shp")
+end
Returns
The newly created dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.deletelayer! — Method
deletelayer!(dataset::AbstractDataset, i::Integer)
Delete the indicated layer (at index i; between 0 to nlayer()-1)
Returns
OGRERR_NONE on success, or OGRERR_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION if deleting layers is not supported for this dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.filelist — Method
filelist(dataset::AbstractDataset)
Fetch files forming dataset.
Returns a list of files believed to be part of this dataset. If it returns an empty list of files it means there is believed to be no local file system files associated with the dataset (for instance a virtual dataset). The returned file list is owned by the caller and should be deallocated with CSLDestroy().
The returned filenames will normally be relative or absolute paths depending on the path used to originally open the dataset. The strings will be UTF-8 encoded
source
ArchGDAL.getband — Method
getband(dataset::AbstractDataset, i::Integer)
+getband(ds::RasterDataset, i::Integer)
Fetch a band object for a dataset from its index.
source
ArchGDAL.getdriver — Method
getdriver(dataset::AbstractDataset)
Fetch the driver that the dataset was created with
source
ArchGDAL.getgeotransform! — Method
getgeotransform!(dataset::AbstractDataset, transform::Vector{Cdouble})
Fetch the affine transformation coefficients.
Fetches the coefficients for transforming between pixel/line (P,L) raster space, and projection coordinates (Xp,Yp) space.
   Xp = padfTransform[0] + P*padfTransform[1] + L*padfTransform[2];
+   Yp = padfTransform[3] + P*padfTransform[4] + L*padfTransform[5];
In a north up image, padfTransform[1] is the pixel width, and padfTransform[5] is the pixel height. The upper left corner of the upper left pixel is at position (padfTransform[0],padfTransform[3]).
The default transform is (0,1,0,0,0,1) and should be returned even when a CE_Failure error is returned, such as for formats that don't support transformation to projection coordinates.
Parameters
  • buffer   a six double buffer into which the transformation will be placed.
Returns
CE_None on success, or CE_Failure if no transform can be fetched.
source
ArchGDAL.getlayer — Method
getlayer(dataset::AbstractDataset, name::AbstractString)
Fetch the feature layer corresponding to the given name
The returned layer remains owned by the dataset and should not be deleted by the application.
source
ArchGDAL.getlayer — Method
getlayer(dataset::AbstractDataset, i::Integer)
Fetch the layer at index i (between 0 and nlayer(dataset)-1)
The returned layer remains owned by the dataset and should not be deleted by the application.
source
ArchGDAL.getlayer — Method
getlayer(dataset::AbstractDataset)
Fetch the first layer and raise an error if dataset contains more than one layer
The returned layer remains owned by the dataset and should not be deleted by the application.
source
ArchGDAL.getproj — Method
getproj(dataset::AbstractDataset)
Fetch the projection definition string for this dataset in OpenGIS WKT format.
It should be suitable for use with the OGRSpatialReference class. When a projection definition is not available an empty (but not NULL) string is returned.
source
ArchGDAL.ngcp — Method
ngcp(dataset::AbstractDataset)
Get number of GCPs for this dataset. Zero if there are none.
source
ArchGDAL.nlayer — Method
nlayer(dataset::AbstractDataset)
Fetch the number of feature layers on this dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.nraster — Method
nraster(dataset::AbstractDataset)
Fetch the number of raster bands on this dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.pixeltype — Method
pixeltype(ds::AbstractDataset)
Tries to determine a common dataset type for all the bands in a raster dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.read — Method
read(filename; flags=OF_READONLY, alloweddrivers, options, siblingfiles)
Open a raster file
Parameters
  • filename: the filename of the dataset to be read.
Keyword Arguments
  • flags: a combination of OF_* flags (listed below) that may be   combined through the logical | operator. It defaults to OF_READONLY.
    • Driver kind: OF_Raster for raster drivers, OF_Vector for vector   drivers. If none of the value is specified, both are implied.
    • Access mode: OF_READONLY (exclusive) or OF_UPDATE.
    • Shared mode: OF_Shared. If set, it allows the sharing of handles for a   dataset with other callers that have set OF_Shared.
    • Verbose error: OF_VERBOSE_ERROR. If set, a failed attempt to open the   file will lead to an error message to be reported.
  • options: additional format dependent options.
Example
dataset = ArchGDAL.read("point.shp")
 # work with dataset from here
or
ArchGDAL.read("point.shp") do dataset
     # work with dataset from here
-end
Returns
The corresponding dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.releaseresultset — Method
releaseresultset(dataset::AbstractDataset, layer::FeatureLayer)
Release results of ExecuteSQL().
This function should only be used to deallocate OGRLayers resulting from an ExecuteSQL() call on the same Dataset. Failure to deallocate a results set before destroying the Dataset may cause errors.
Parameters
  • dataset: the dataset handle.
  • layer: the result of a previous ExecuteSQL() call.
source
ArchGDAL.setgeotransform! — Method
setgeotransform!(dataset::AbstractDataset, transform::Vector{Cdouble})
Set the affine transformation coefficients.
source
ArchGDAL.setproj! — Method
setproj!(dataset::AbstractDataset, projstring::AbstractString)
Set the projection reference string for this dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.testcapability — Method
testcapability(dataset::AbstractDataset, capability::AbstractString)
Test if capability is available. true if capability available otherwise false.
One of the following dataset capability names can be passed into this function, and a true or false value will be returned indicating whether or not the capability is available for this object.
  • ODsCCreateLayer: True if this datasource can create new layers.
  • ODsCDeleteLayer: True if this datasource can delete existing layers.
  • ODsCCreateGeomFieldAfterCreateLayer: True if the layers of this datasource       support CreateGeomField() just after layer creation.
  • ODsCCurveGeometries: True if this datasource supports curve geometries.
  • ODsCTransactions: True if this datasource supports (efficient) transactions.
  • ODsCEmulatedTransactions: True if this datasource supports transactions       through emulation.
The #define macro forms of the capability names should be used in preference to the strings themselves to avoid misspelling.
Parameters
  • dataset: the dataset handle.
  • capability: the capability to test.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_copy — Method
unsafe_copy(dataset::AbstractDataset; [filename, [driver,
-    [<keyword arguments>]]])
Create a copy of a dataset.
This method will attempt to create a copy of a raster dataset with the indicated filename, and in this drivers format. Band number, size, type, projection, geotransform and so forth are all to be copied from the provided template dataset.
Parameters
  • dataset       the dataset being duplicated.
Keyword Arguments
  • filename      the filename for the new dataset. UTF-8 encoded.
  • driver        the driver to use for creating the new dataset
  • strict        $true$ if the copy must be strictly equivalent, or more                 normally $false$ if the copy may adapt as needed for the output format.
  • options       additional format dependent options controlling creation                 of the output file. The APPEND_SUBDATASET=YES option can be specified to                 avoid prior destruction of existing dataset.
  • progressfunc  a function(::Float64, ::String)::Bool to call to report progress
Returns
a pointer to the newly created dataset (may be read-only access).
Additional Remarks
Note: many sequential write once formats (such as JPEG and PNG) don't implement the Create() method but do implement this CreateCopy() method. If the driver doesn't implement CreateCopy(), but does implement Create() then the default CreateCopy() mechanism built on calling Create() will be used.
It is intended that CreateCopy() will often be used with a source dataset which is a virtual dataset allowing configuration of band types, and other information without actually duplicating raster data (see the VRT driver). This is what is done by the gdal_translate utility for example.
This function will validate the creation option list passed to the driver with the GDALValidateCreationOptions() method. This check can be disabled by defining the configuration option GDAL_VALIDATE_CREATION_OPTIONS=NO.
After you have finished working with the returned dataset, it is required to close it with GDALClose(). This does not only close the file handle, but also ensures that all the data and metadata has been written to the dataset (GDALFlushCache() is not sufficient for that purpose).
In some situations, the new dataset can be created in another process through the GDAL API Proxy mechanism.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_create — Method
unsafe_create(filename::AbstractString; driver, width, height, nbands,
-    dtype, options)
Create a new dataset.
What argument values are legal for particular drivers is driver specific, and there is no way to query in advance to establish legal values.
That function will try to validate the creation option list passed to the driver with the GDALValidateCreationOptions() method. This check can be disabled by defining the configuration option GDALVALIDATECREATION_OPTIONS=NO.
After you have finished working with the returned dataset, it is required to close it with GDALClose(). This does not only close the file handle, but also ensures that all the data and metadata has been written to the dataset (GDALFlushCache() is not sufficient for that purpose).
In some situations, the new dataset can be created in another process through the GDAL API Proxy mechanism.
In GDAL 2, the arguments nXSize, nYSize and nBands can be passed to 0 when creating a vector-only dataset for a compatible driver.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_executesql — Method
unsafe_executesql(dataset::AbstractDataset, query::AbstractString; dialect,
-    spatialfilter)
Execute an SQL statement against the data store.
The result of an SQL query is either NULL for statements that are in error, or that have no results set, or an OGRLayer pointer representing a results set from the query. Note that this OGRLayer is in addition to the layers in the data store and must be destroyed with ReleaseResultSet() before the dataset is closed (destroyed).
For more information on the SQL dialect supported internally by OGR review the OGR SQL document. Some drivers (i.e. Oracle and PostGIS) pass the SQL directly through to the underlying RDBMS.
Starting with OGR 1.10, the SQLITE dialect can also be used.
Parameters
  • dataset: the dataset handle.
  • query: the SQL statement to execute.
  • spatialfilter: geometry which represents a spatial filter. Can be NULL.
  • dialect: allows control of the statement dialect. If set to NULL, the   OGR SQL engine will be used, except for RDBMS drivers that will use their   dedicated SQL engine, unless OGRSQL is explicitly passed as the dialect.   Starting with OGR 1.10, the SQLITE dialect can also be used.
Returns
an OGRLayer containing the results of the query. Deallocate with ReleaseResultSet().
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_read — Method
unsafe_read(filename; flags=OF_READONLY, alloweddrivers, options,
-    siblingfiles)
Open a raster file as a Dataset.
This function will try to open the passed file, or virtual dataset name by invoking the Open method of each registered Driver in turn. The first successful open will result in a returned dataset. If all drivers fail then NULL is returned and an error is issued.
Parameters
  • filename  the name of the file to access. In the case of exotic drivers
this may not refer to a physical file, but instead contain information for the driver on how to access a dataset. It should be in UTF-8 encoding.
  • flags     a combination of GDAL_OF_* flags (listed below) that may be             combined through the logical | operator.
    • Driver kind: GDALOFRASTER for raster drivers, GDALOFVECTOR for vector              drivers. If none of the value is specified, both are implied.
    • Access mode: OF_READONLY (exclusive) or OF_UPDATE.
    • Shared mode: GDAL_OF_SHARED. If set, it allows the sharing of              Dataset handles for a dataset with other callers that              have set GDALOFSHARED. In particular, GDALOpenEx() will              consult its list of currently open and shared Dataset's,              and if the GetDescription() name for one exactly matches the              pszFilename passed to GDALOpenEx() it will be referenced and              returned, if GDALOpenEx() is called from the same thread.
    • Verbose error: GDALOFVERBOSE_ERROR. If set, a failed attempt to open the              file will lead to an error message to be reported.
  • options: additional format dependent options.
Additional Remarks
Several recommendations:
  • If you open a dataset object with GA_Update access, it is not recommended
to open a new dataset on the same underlying file.
  • The returned dataset should only be accessed by one thread at a time. To use
it from different threads, you must add all necessary code (mutexes, etc.) to avoid concurrent use of the object. (Some drivers, such as GeoTIFF, maintain internal state variables that are updated each time a new block is read, preventing concurrent use.)
  • In order to reduce the need for searches through the operating system file
system machinery, it is possible to give an optional list of files with the papszSiblingFiles parameter. This is the list of all files at the same level in the file system as the target file, including the target file. The filenames must not include any path components, are essentially just the output of VSIReadDir() on the parent directory. If the target object does not have filesystem semantics then the file list should be NULL.
In some situations (dealing with unverified data), the datasets can be opened in another process through the GDAL API Proxy mechanism.
For drivers supporting the VSI virtual file API, it is possible to open a file in a .zip archive (see VSIInstallZipFileHandler()), a .tar/.tar.gz/.tgz archive (see VSIInstallTarFileHandler()), or a HTTP / FTP server (see VSIInstallCurlFileHandler())
source
ArchGDAL.write — Method
write(dataset::AbstractDataset, filename::AbstractString; kwargs...)
Writes the dataset to the designated filename.
Parameters
  • dataset: The dataset to write
  • filename: The filename, UTF-8 encoded.
Keyword Arguments
  • driver (ArchGDAL.Driver): The driver to use, you have to manually select the right driver via getdriver(drivername)                             matching the file extension you wish. Otherwise the driver of the source dataset will be used.
  • options (Vector{String}): A vector of strings containing KEY=VALUE pairs for driver-specific creation options.
  • layers:        Specifies which layers should be written. Can be e.g. a range, Vector{Int} or tuple.
  • layer_options: Driver specific options for layer creation. The options can either be a Vector{String} to provide the                  same options for each layer, or a Vector{Vector{String}} to provide individual options per layer,                   in the order of their appearance in the dataset. The strings have to be KEY=VALUE pairs.                   If you give less individual options than there are layers, the remaining layers use the default creation                   options. An example for two layers: Dict(0 => ["FORMAT=WKT", "LAUNDER=NO"], 1 => ["STRICT=NO"])
  • use_gdal_copy (Bool): Set this to false (default is true) to achieve higher write speeds at the cost of possible errors.                          Note that when set to true, no coordinate transformations are possible while writing the features.
  • chunksize (Integer): Number of features to write in one database transaction. Neglected when use_gdal_copy is true.                        Default is 20000.
  • strict (Bool): Set this to true if the written dataset should be a 1:1 copy of the source data, default is false,                  which allows the driver to adapt if necessary.
Returns
`nothing`
source
ArchGDAL.writelayers — Method
writelayers(dataset, filename; kwargs...)
Writes the vector dataset to the designated filename. The options are passed to the newly created dataset and have to be given as a list of strings in KEY=VALUE format. The chunksize controls the number of features written in each database transaction, e.g. for SQLite. This function can also be used to copy datasets on disk.
Currently working drivers: FlatGeobuf, GeoJSON, GeoJSONSeq, GML, GPKG, JML, KML, MapML, ESRI Shapefile, SQLite
Parameters
  • dataset  The source dataset
  • filename The file name to write to
Keyword arguments
  • driver:           The driver to use, you have to manually select the right driver for the file extension you wish
  • options:          A vector of strings containing KEY=VALUE pairs for driver-specific creation options
  • layer_indices:    Specifies which layers should be written. Can be e.g. a range, Vector{Int} or tuple.
  • layer_options:    Driver specific options for layer creation. The options can either be a Vector{String} to provide the                     same options for each layer, or a Dict(layer_index => Vector{String}) to provide individual options per layer.                     Note that layer indexing in GDAL starts with 0. The strings have to be KEY=VALUE pairs.                     An example for two layers: Dict(0 => ["FORMAT=WKT", "LAUNDER=NO"], 1 => ["STRICT=NO"])
  • chunksize:        Number of features to write in one database transaction. Neglected when use_gdal_copy is true.
  • use_gdal_copy:    Set this to false (default is true) to achieve higher write speeds at the cost of possible errors.                     Note that when set to true, no coordinate transformations are possible while writing the features.
Returns
nothing
source
Feature Data
ArchGDAL.asbinary — Method
asbinary(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch field value as binary.
Parameters
  • hFeat: handle to the feature that owned the field.
  • iField: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
Returns
the field value. This list is internal, and should not be modified, or freed. Its lifetime may be very brief.
source
ArchGDAL.asbool — Method
asbool(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch field value as a boolean
Parameters
  • feature: the feature that owned the field.
  • i: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
source
ArchGDAL.asdatetime — Method
asdatetime(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch field value as date and time. Currently this method only works for OFTDate, OFTTime and OFTDateTime fields.
Parameters
  • hFeat: handle to the feature that owned the field.
  • iField: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
Returns
true on success or false on failure.
source
ArchGDAL.asdouble — Method
asdouble(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch field value as a double.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature that owned the field.
  • i: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
source
ArchGDAL.asdoublelist — Method
asdoublelist(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch field value as a list of doubles.
Parameters
  • hFeat: handle to the feature that owned the field.
  • iField: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
  • pnCount: an integer to put the list count (number of doubles) into.
Returns
the field value. This list is internal, and should not be modified, or freed. Its lifetime may be very brief. If *pnCount is zero on return the returned pointer may be NULL or non-NULL.
source
ArchGDAL.asint — Method
asint(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch field value as integer.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature that owned the field.
  • i: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
source
ArchGDAL.asint16 — Method
asint16(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch field value as integer 16 bit.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature that owned the field.
  • i: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
source
ArchGDAL.asint64 — Method
asint64(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch field value as integer 64 bit.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature that owned the field.
  • i: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
source
ArchGDAL.asint64list — Method
asint64list(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch field value as a list of 64 bit integers.
Parameters
  • hFeat: handle to the feature that owned the field.
  • iField: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
  • pnCount: an integer to put the list count (number of integers) into.
Returns
the field value. This list is internal, and should not be modified, or freed. Its lifetime may be very brief. If *pnCount is zero on return the returned pointer may be NULL or non-NULL.
source
ArchGDAL.asintlist — Method
asintlist(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch field value as a list of integers.
Parameters
  • hFeat: handle to the feature that owned the field.
  • iField: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
  • pnCount: an integer to put the list count (number of integers) into.
Returns
the field value. This list is internal, and should not be modified, or freed. Its lifetime may be very brief. If *pnCount is zero on return the returned pointer may be NULL or non-NULL.
source
ArchGDAL.assingle — Method
assingle(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch field value as a single.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature that owned the field.
  • i: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
source
ArchGDAL.asstring — Method
asstring(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch field value as a string.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature that owned the field.
  • i: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
source
ArchGDAL.asstringlist — Method
asstringlist(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch field value as a list of strings.
Parameters
  • hFeat: handle to the feature that owned the field.
  • iField: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
Returns
the field value. This list is internal, and should not be modified, or freed. Its lifetime may be very brief.
source
ArchGDAL.destroy — Method
destroy(feature::AbstractFeature)
Destroy the feature passed in.
The feature is deleted, but within the context of the GDAL/OGR heap. This is necessary when higher level applications use GDAL/OGR from a DLL and they want to delete a feature created within the DLL. If the delete is done in the calling application the memory will be freed onto the application heap which is inappropriate.
source
ArchGDAL.fillunsetwithdefault! — Method
fillunsetwithdefault!(feature::AbstractFeature; notnull = true,
-    options = StringList(C_NULL))
Fill unset fields with default values that might be defined.
Parameters
  • feature: handle to the feature.
  • notnull: if we should fill only unset fields with a not-null constraint.
  • papszOptions: unused currently. Must be set to NULL.
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc53ogrnotnull_default.html
source
ArchGDAL.findfieldindex — Method
findfieldindex(feature::AbstractFeature, name::Union{AbstractString, Symbol})
Fetch the field index given field name.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature on which the field is found.
  • name: the name of the field to search for.
Returns
the field index, or nothing if no matching field is found.
Remarks
This is a cover for the OGRFeatureDefn::GetFieldIndex() method.
source
ArchGDAL.findgeomindex — Function
findgeomindex(feature::AbstractFeature, name::Union{AbstractString, Symbol} = "")
Fetch the geometry field index given geometry field name.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature on which the geometry field is found.
  • name: the name of the geometry field to search for. (defaults to "")
Returns
the geometry field index, or -1 if no matching geometry field is found.
Remarks
This is a cover for the OGRFeatureDefn::GetGeomFieldIndex() method.
source
ArchGDAL.getfid — Method
getfid(feature::AbstractFeature)
Get feature identifier.
Returns
feature id or OGRNullFID (-1) if none has been assigned.
source
ArchGDAL.getfield — Method
getfield(feature, i)
When the field is unset, it will return nothing. When the field is set but null, it will return missing.
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc53ogrnotnull_default.html
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc67_nullfieldvalues.html
source
ArchGDAL.getfielddefn — Method
getfielddefn(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch definition for this field.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature on which the field is found.
  • i: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
Returns
an handle to the field definition (from the FeatureDefn). This is an internal reference, and should not be deleted or modified.
source
ArchGDAL.getgeom — Method
getgeom(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Returns a clone of the feature geometry at index i.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature to get geometry from.
  • i: geometry field to get.
source
ArchGDAL.getgeom — Method
getgeom(feature::AbstractFeature)
Returns a clone of the geometry corresponding to the feature.
source
ArchGDAL.getgeomdefn — Method
getgeomdefn(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch definition for this geometry field.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature on which the field is found.
  • i: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetGeomFieldCount()-1.
Returns
The field definition (from the OGRFeatureDefn). This is an internal reference, and should not be deleted or modified.
source
ArchGDAL.getmediatype — Method
getmediatype(feature::AbstractFeature)
Returns the native media type for the feature.
The native media type is the identifier for the format of the native data. It follows the IANA RFC 2045 (see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Media_type), e.g. "application/vnd.geo+json" for JSON.
source
ArchGDAL.getnativedata — Method
getnativedata(feature::AbstractFeature)
Returns the native data for the feature.
The native data is the representation in a "natural" form that comes from the driver that created this feature, or that is aimed at an output driver. The native data may be in different format, which is indicated by GetNativeMediaType().
Note that most drivers do not support storing the native data in the feature object, and if they do, generally the NATIVE_DATA open option must be passed at dataset opening.
The "native data" does not imply it is something more performant or powerful than what can be obtained with the rest of the API, but it may be useful in round-tripping scenarios where some characteristics of the underlying format are not captured otherwise by the OGR abstraction.
source
ArchGDAL.isfieldnull — Method
isfieldnull(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Test if a field is null.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature that owned the field.
  • i: the field to test, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
Returns
true if the field is null, otherwise false.
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc67_nullfieldvalues.html
source
ArchGDAL.isfieldset — Method
isfieldset(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Test if a field has ever been assigned a value or not.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature that owned the field.
  • i: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
source
ArchGDAL.isfieldsetandnotnull — Method
isfieldsetandnotnull(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Test if a field is set and not null.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature that owned the field.
  • i: the field to test, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
Returns
true if the field is set and not null, otherwise false.
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc67_nullfieldvalues.html
source
ArchGDAL.nfield — Method
nfield(feature::AbstractFeature)
Fetch number of fields on this feature.
This will always be the same as the field count for the OGRFeatureDefn.
source
ArchGDAL.ngeom — Method
ngeom(feature::AbstractFeature)
Fetch number of geometry fields on this feature.
This will always be the same as the geometry field count for OGRFeatureDefn.
source
ArchGDAL.setfid! — Method
setfid!(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Set the feature identifier.
Parameters
  • feature: handle to the feature to set the feature id to.
  • i: the new feature identifier value to assign.
Returns
On success OGRERR_NONE, or on failure some other value.
source
ArchGDAL.setfield! — Function
setfield!(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer, value)
-setfield!(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer, value::DateTime, tzflag::Int = 0)
Set a feature's i-th field to value.
The following types for value are accepted: Int32, Int64, Float64, AbstractString, or a Vector with those in it, as well as Vector{UInt8}. For DateTime values, an additional keyword argument tzflag is accepted (0=unknown, 1=localtime, 100=GMT, see data model for details).
OFTInteger, OFTInteger64 and OFTReal fields will be set directly. OFTString fields will be assigned a string representation of the value, but not necessarily taking into account formatting constraints on this field. Other field types may be unaffected.
Parameters
  • feature: handle to the feature that owned the field.
  • i: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
  • value: the value to assign.
source
ArchGDAL.setfieldnull! — Method
setfieldnull!(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Clear a field, marking it as null.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature that owned the field.
  • i: the field to set to null, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc67_nullfieldvalues.html
source
ArchGDAL.setfrom! — Function
setfrom!(feature1::AbstractFeature, feature2::AbstractFeature, forgiving::Bool = false)
+end
Returns
The corresponding dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.releaseresultset — Method
releaseresultset(dataset::AbstractDataset, layer::FeatureLayer)
Release results of ExecuteSQL().
This function should only be used to deallocate OGRLayers resulting from an ExecuteSQL() call on the same Dataset. Failure to deallocate a results set before destroying the Dataset may cause errors.
Parameters
  • dataset: the dataset handle.
  • layer: the result of a previous ExecuteSQL() call.
source
ArchGDAL.setgeotransform! — Method
setgeotransform!(dataset::AbstractDataset, transform::Vector{Cdouble})
Set the affine transformation coefficients.
source
ArchGDAL.setproj! — Method
setproj!(dataset::AbstractDataset, projstring::AbstractString)
Set the projection reference string for this dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.testcapability — Method
testcapability(dataset::AbstractDataset, capability::AbstractString)
Test if capability is available. true if capability available otherwise false.
One of the following dataset capability names can be passed into this function, and a true or false value will be returned indicating whether or not the capability is available for this object.
  • ODsCCreateLayer: True if this datasource can create new layers.
  • ODsCDeleteLayer: True if this datasource can delete existing layers.
  • ODsCCreateGeomFieldAfterCreateLayer: True if the layers of this datasource       support CreateGeomField() just after layer creation.
  • ODsCCurveGeometries: True if this datasource supports curve geometries.
  • ODsCTransactions: True if this datasource supports (efficient) transactions.
  • ODsCEmulatedTransactions: True if this datasource supports transactions       through emulation.
The #define macro forms of the capability names should be used in preference to the strings themselves to avoid misspelling.
Parameters
  • dataset: the dataset handle.
  • capability: the capability to test.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_copy — Method
unsafe_copy(dataset::AbstractDataset; [filename, [driver,
+    [<keyword arguments>]]])
Create a copy of a dataset.
This method will attempt to create a copy of a raster dataset with the indicated filename, and in this drivers format. Band number, size, type, projection, geotransform and so forth are all to be copied from the provided template dataset.
Parameters
  • dataset       the dataset being duplicated.
Keyword Arguments
  • filename      the filename for the new dataset. UTF-8 encoded.
  • driver        the driver to use for creating the new dataset
  • strict        $true$ if the copy must be strictly equivalent, or more                 normally $false$ if the copy may adapt as needed for the output format.
  • options       additional format dependent options controlling creation                 of the output file. The APPEND_SUBDATASET=YES option can be specified to                 avoid prior destruction of existing dataset.
  • progressfunc  a function(::Float64, ::String)::Bool to call to report progress
Returns
a pointer to the newly created dataset (may be read-only access).
Additional Remarks
Note: many sequential write once formats (such as JPEG and PNG) don't implement the Create() method but do implement this CreateCopy() method. If the driver doesn't implement CreateCopy(), but does implement Create() then the default CreateCopy() mechanism built on calling Create() will be used.
It is intended that CreateCopy() will often be used with a source dataset which is a virtual dataset allowing configuration of band types, and other information without actually duplicating raster data (see the VRT driver). This is what is done by the gdal_translate utility for example.
This function will validate the creation option list passed to the driver with the GDALValidateCreationOptions() method. This check can be disabled by defining the configuration option GDAL_VALIDATE_CREATION_OPTIONS=NO.
After you have finished working with the returned dataset, it is required to close it with GDALClose(). This does not only close the file handle, but also ensures that all the data and metadata has been written to the dataset (GDALFlushCache() is not sufficient for that purpose).
In some situations, the new dataset can be created in another process through the GDAL API Proxy mechanism.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_create — Method
unsafe_create(filename::AbstractString; driver, width, height, nbands,
+    dtype, options)
Create a new dataset.
What argument values are legal for particular drivers is driver specific, and there is no way to query in advance to establish legal values.
That function will try to validate the creation option list passed to the driver with the GDALValidateCreationOptions() method. This check can be disabled by defining the configuration option GDALVALIDATECREATION_OPTIONS=NO.
After you have finished working with the returned dataset, it is required to close it with GDALClose(). This does not only close the file handle, but also ensures that all the data and metadata has been written to the dataset (GDALFlushCache() is not sufficient for that purpose).
In some situations, the new dataset can be created in another process through the GDAL API Proxy mechanism.
In GDAL 2, the arguments nXSize, nYSize and nBands can be passed to 0 when creating a vector-only dataset for a compatible driver.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_executesql — Method
unsafe_executesql(dataset::AbstractDataset, query::AbstractString; dialect,
+    spatialfilter)
Execute an SQL statement against the data store.
The result of an SQL query is either NULL for statements that are in error, or that have no results set, or an OGRLayer pointer representing a results set from the query. Note that this OGRLayer is in addition to the layers in the data store and must be destroyed with ReleaseResultSet() before the dataset is closed (destroyed).
For more information on the SQL dialect supported internally by OGR review the OGR SQL document. Some drivers (i.e. Oracle and PostGIS) pass the SQL directly through to the underlying RDBMS.
Starting with OGR 1.10, the SQLITE dialect can also be used.
Parameters
  • dataset: the dataset handle.
  • query: the SQL statement to execute.
  • spatialfilter: geometry which represents a spatial filter. Can be NULL.
  • dialect: allows control of the statement dialect. If set to NULL, the   OGR SQL engine will be used, except for RDBMS drivers that will use their   dedicated SQL engine, unless OGRSQL is explicitly passed as the dialect.   Starting with OGR 1.10, the SQLITE dialect can also be used.
Returns
an OGRLayer containing the results of the query. Deallocate with ReleaseResultSet().
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_read — Method
unsafe_read(filename; flags=OF_READONLY, alloweddrivers, options,
+    siblingfiles)
Open a raster file as a Dataset.
This function will try to open the passed file, or virtual dataset name by invoking the Open method of each registered Driver in turn. The first successful open will result in a returned dataset. If all drivers fail then NULL is returned and an error is issued.
Parameters
  • filename  the name of the file to access. In the case of exotic drivers
this may not refer to a physical file, but instead contain information for the driver on how to access a dataset. It should be in UTF-8 encoding.
  • flags     a combination of GDAL_OF_* flags (listed below) that may be             combined through the logical | operator.
    • Driver kind: GDALOFRASTER for raster drivers, GDALOFVECTOR for vector              drivers. If none of the value is specified, both are implied.
    • Access mode: OF_READONLY (exclusive) or OF_UPDATE.
    • Shared mode: GDAL_OF_SHARED. If set, it allows the sharing of              Dataset handles for a dataset with other callers that              have set GDALOFSHARED. In particular, GDALOpenEx() will              consult its list of currently open and shared Dataset's,              and if the GetDescription() name for one exactly matches the              pszFilename passed to GDALOpenEx() it will be referenced and              returned, if GDALOpenEx() is called from the same thread.
    • Verbose error: GDALOFVERBOSE_ERROR. If set, a failed attempt to open the              file will lead to an error message to be reported.
  • options: additional format dependent options.
Additional Remarks
Several recommendations:
  • If you open a dataset object with GA_Update access, it is not recommended
to open a new dataset on the same underlying file.
  • The returned dataset should only be accessed by one thread at a time. To use
it from different threads, you must add all necessary code (mutexes, etc.) to avoid concurrent use of the object. (Some drivers, such as GeoTIFF, maintain internal state variables that are updated each time a new block is read, preventing concurrent use.)
  • In order to reduce the need for searches through the operating system file
system machinery, it is possible to give an optional list of files with the papszSiblingFiles parameter. This is the list of all files at the same level in the file system as the target file, including the target file. The filenames must not include any path components, are essentially just the output of VSIReadDir() on the parent directory. If the target object does not have filesystem semantics then the file list should be NULL.
In some situations (dealing with unverified data), the datasets can be opened in another process through the GDAL API Proxy mechanism.
For drivers supporting the VSI virtual file API, it is possible to open a file in a .zip archive (see VSIInstallZipFileHandler()), a .tar/.tar.gz/.tgz archive (see VSIInstallTarFileHandler()), or a HTTP / FTP server (see VSIInstallCurlFileHandler())
source
ArchGDAL.write — Method
write(dataset::AbstractDataset, filename::AbstractString; kwargs...)
Writes the dataset to the designated filename.
Parameters
  • dataset: The dataset to write
  • filename: The filename, UTF-8 encoded.
Keyword Arguments
  • driver (ArchGDAL.Driver): The driver to use, you have to manually select the right driver via getdriver(drivername)                             matching the file extension you wish. Otherwise the driver of the source dataset will be used.
  • options (Vector{String}): A vector of strings containing KEY=VALUE pairs for driver-specific creation options.
  • layers:        Specifies which layers should be written. Can be e.g. a range, Vector{Int} or tuple.
  • layer_options: Driver specific options for layer creation. The options can either be a Vector{String} to provide the                  same options for each layer, or a Vector{Vector{String}} to provide individual options per layer,                   in the order of their appearance in the dataset. The strings have to be KEY=VALUE pairs.                   If you give less individual options than there are layers, the remaining layers use the default creation                   options. An example for two layers: Dict(0 => ["FORMAT=WKT", "LAUNDER=NO"], 1 => ["STRICT=NO"])
  • use_gdal_copy (Bool): Set this to false (default is true) to achieve higher write speeds at the cost of possible errors.                          Note that when set to true, no coordinate transformations are possible while writing the features.
  • chunksize (Integer): Number of features to write in one database transaction. Neglected when use_gdal_copy is true.                        Default is 20000.
  • strict (Bool): Set this to true if the written dataset should be a 1:1 copy of the source data, default is false,                  which allows the driver to adapt if necessary.
Returns
`nothing`
source
ArchGDAL.writelayers — Method
writelayers(dataset, filename; kwargs...)
Writes the vector dataset to the designated filename. The options are passed to the newly created dataset and have to be given as a list of strings in KEY=VALUE format. The chunksize controls the number of features written in each database transaction, e.g. for SQLite. This function can also be used to copy datasets on disk.
Currently working drivers: FlatGeobuf, GeoJSON, GeoJSONSeq, GML, GPKG, JML, KML, MapML, ESRI Shapefile, SQLite
Parameters
  • dataset  The source dataset
  • filename The file name to write to
Keyword arguments
  • driver:           The driver to use, you have to manually select the right driver for the file extension you wish
  • options:          A vector of strings containing KEY=VALUE pairs for driver-specific creation options
  • layer_indices:    Specifies which layers should be written. Can be e.g. a range, Vector{Int} or tuple.
  • layer_options:    Driver specific options for layer creation. The options can either be a Vector{String} to provide the                     same options for each layer, or a Dict(layer_index => Vector{String}) to provide individual options per layer.                     Note that layer indexing in GDAL starts with 0. The strings have to be KEY=VALUE pairs.                     An example for two layers: Dict(0 => ["FORMAT=WKT", "LAUNDER=NO"], 1 => ["STRICT=NO"])
  • chunksize:        Number of features to write in one database transaction. Neglected when use_gdal_copy is true.
  • use_gdal_copy:    Set this to false (default is true) to achieve higher write speeds at the cost of possible errors.                     Note that when set to true, no coordinate transformations are possible while writing the features.
Returns
nothing
source
Feature Data
ArchGDAL.asbinary — Method
asbinary(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch field value as binary.
Parameters
  • hFeat: handle to the feature that owned the field.
  • iField: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
Returns
the field value. This list is internal, and should not be modified, or freed. Its lifetime may be very brief.
source
ArchGDAL.asbool — Method
asbool(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch field value as a boolean
Parameters
  • feature: the feature that owned the field.
  • i: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
source
ArchGDAL.asdatetime — Method
asdatetime(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch field value as date and time. Currently this method only works for OFTDate, OFTTime and OFTDateTime fields.
Parameters
  • hFeat: handle to the feature that owned the field.
  • iField: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
Returns
true on success or false on failure.
source
ArchGDAL.asdouble — Method
asdouble(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch field value as a double.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature that owned the field.
  • i: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
source
ArchGDAL.asdoublelist — Method
asdoublelist(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch field value as a list of doubles.
Parameters
  • hFeat: handle to the feature that owned the field.
  • iField: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
  • pnCount: an integer to put the list count (number of doubles) into.
Returns
the field value. This list is internal, and should not be modified, or freed. Its lifetime may be very brief. If *pnCount is zero on return the returned pointer may be NULL or non-NULL.
source
ArchGDAL.asint — Method
asint(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch field value as integer.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature that owned the field.
  • i: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
source
ArchGDAL.asint16 — Method
asint16(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch field value as integer 16 bit.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature that owned the field.
  • i: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
source
ArchGDAL.asint64 — Method
asint64(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch field value as integer 64 bit.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature that owned the field.
  • i: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
source
ArchGDAL.asint64list — Method
asint64list(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch field value as a list of 64 bit integers.
Parameters
  • hFeat: handle to the feature that owned the field.
  • iField: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
  • pnCount: an integer to put the list count (number of integers) into.
Returns
the field value. This list is internal, and should not be modified, or freed. Its lifetime may be very brief. If *pnCount is zero on return the returned pointer may be NULL or non-NULL.
source
ArchGDAL.asintlist — Method
asintlist(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch field value as a list of integers.
Parameters
  • hFeat: handle to the feature that owned the field.
  • iField: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
  • pnCount: an integer to put the list count (number of integers) into.
Returns
the field value. This list is internal, and should not be modified, or freed. Its lifetime may be very brief. If *pnCount is zero on return the returned pointer may be NULL or non-NULL.
source
ArchGDAL.assingle — Method
assingle(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch field value as a single.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature that owned the field.
  • i: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
source
ArchGDAL.asstring — Method
asstring(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch field value as a string.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature that owned the field.
  • i: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
source
ArchGDAL.asstringlist — Method
asstringlist(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch field value as a list of strings.
Parameters
  • hFeat: handle to the feature that owned the field.
  • iField: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
Returns
the field value. This list is internal, and should not be modified, or freed. Its lifetime may be very brief.
source
ArchGDAL.destroy — Method
destroy(feature::AbstractFeature)
Destroy the feature passed in.
The feature is deleted, but within the context of the GDAL/OGR heap. This is necessary when higher level applications use GDAL/OGR from a DLL and they want to delete a feature created within the DLL. If the delete is done in the calling application the memory will be freed onto the application heap which is inappropriate.
source
ArchGDAL.fillunsetwithdefault! — Method
fillunsetwithdefault!(feature::AbstractFeature; notnull = true,
+    options = StringList(C_NULL))
Fill unset fields with default values that might be defined.
Parameters
  • feature: handle to the feature.
  • notnull: if we should fill only unset fields with a not-null constraint.
  • papszOptions: unused currently. Must be set to NULL.
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc53ogrnotnull_default.html
source
ArchGDAL.findfieldindex — Method
findfieldindex(feature::AbstractFeature, name::Union{AbstractString, Symbol})
Fetch the field index given field name.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature on which the field is found.
  • name: the name of the field to search for.
Returns
the field index, or nothing if no matching field is found.
Remarks
This is a cover for the OGRFeatureDefn::GetFieldIndex() method.
source
ArchGDAL.findgeomindex — Function
findgeomindex(feature::AbstractFeature, name::Union{AbstractString, Symbol} = "")
Fetch the geometry field index given geometry field name.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature on which the geometry field is found.
  • name: the name of the geometry field to search for. (defaults to "")
Returns
the geometry field index, or -1 if no matching geometry field is found.
Remarks
This is a cover for the OGRFeatureDefn::GetGeomFieldIndex() method.
source
ArchGDAL.getfid — Method
getfid(feature::AbstractFeature)
Get feature identifier.
Returns
feature id or OGRNullFID (-1) if none has been assigned.
source
ArchGDAL.getfield — Method
getfield(feature, i)
When the field is unset, it will return nothing. When the field is set but null, it will return missing.
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc53ogrnotnull_default.html
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc67_nullfieldvalues.html
source
ArchGDAL.getfielddefn — Method
getfielddefn(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch definition for this field.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature on which the field is found.
  • i: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
Returns
an handle to the field definition (from the FeatureDefn). This is an internal reference, and should not be deleted or modified.
source
ArchGDAL.getgeom — Method
getgeom(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Returns a clone of the feature geometry at index i.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature to get geometry from.
  • i: geometry field to get.
source
ArchGDAL.getgeom — Method
getgeom(feature::AbstractFeature)
Returns a clone of the geometry corresponding to the feature.
source
ArchGDAL.getgeomdefn — Method
getgeomdefn(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Fetch definition for this geometry field.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature on which the field is found.
  • i: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetGeomFieldCount()-1.
Returns
The field definition (from the OGRFeatureDefn). This is an internal reference, and should not be deleted or modified.
source
ArchGDAL.getmediatype — Method
getmediatype(feature::AbstractFeature)
Returns the native media type for the feature.
The native media type is the identifier for the format of the native data. It follows the IANA RFC 2045 (see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Media_type), e.g. "application/vnd.geo+json" for JSON.
source
ArchGDAL.getnativedata — Method
getnativedata(feature::AbstractFeature)
Returns the native data for the feature.
The native data is the representation in a "natural" form that comes from the driver that created this feature, or that is aimed at an output driver. The native data may be in different format, which is indicated by GetNativeMediaType().
Note that most drivers do not support storing the native data in the feature object, and if they do, generally the NATIVE_DATA open option must be passed at dataset opening.
The "native data" does not imply it is something more performant or powerful than what can be obtained with the rest of the API, but it may be useful in round-tripping scenarios where some characteristics of the underlying format are not captured otherwise by the OGR abstraction.
source
ArchGDAL.isfieldnull — Method
isfieldnull(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Test if a field is null.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature that owned the field.
  • i: the field to test, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
Returns
true if the field is null, otherwise false.
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc67_nullfieldvalues.html
source
ArchGDAL.isfieldset — Method
isfieldset(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Test if a field has ever been assigned a value or not.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature that owned the field.
  • i: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
source
ArchGDAL.isfieldsetandnotnull — Method
isfieldsetandnotnull(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Test if a field is set and not null.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature that owned the field.
  • i: the field to test, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
Returns
true if the field is set and not null, otherwise false.
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc67_nullfieldvalues.html
source
ArchGDAL.nfield — Method
nfield(feature::AbstractFeature)
Fetch number of fields on this feature.
This will always be the same as the field count for the OGRFeatureDefn.
source
ArchGDAL.ngeom — Method
ngeom(feature::AbstractFeature)
Fetch number of geometry fields on this feature.
This will always be the same as the geometry field count for OGRFeatureDefn.
source
ArchGDAL.setfid! — Method
setfid!(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Set the feature identifier.
Parameters
  • feature: handle to the feature to set the feature id to.
  • i: the new feature identifier value to assign.
Returns
On success OGRERR_NONE, or on failure some other value.
source
ArchGDAL.setfield! — Function
setfield!(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer, value)
+setfield!(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer, value::DateTime, tzflag::Int = 0)
Set a feature's i-th field to value.
The following types for value are accepted: Int32, Int64, Float64, AbstractString, or a Vector with those in it, as well as Vector{UInt8}. For DateTime values, an additional keyword argument tzflag is accepted (0=unknown, 1=localtime, 100=GMT, see data model for details).
OFTInteger, OFTInteger64 and OFTReal fields will be set directly. OFTString fields will be assigned a string representation of the value, but not necessarily taking into account formatting constraints on this field. Other field types may be unaffected.
Parameters
  • feature: handle to the feature that owned the field.
  • i: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
  • value: the value to assign.
source
ArchGDAL.setfieldnull! — Method
setfieldnull!(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Clear a field, marking it as null.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature that owned the field.
  • i: the field to set to null, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc67_nullfieldvalues.html
source
ArchGDAL.setfrom! — Function
setfrom!(feature1::AbstractFeature, feature2::AbstractFeature, forgiving::Bool = false)
 setfrom!(feature1::AbstractFeature, feature2::AbstractFeature, indices::Vector{Cint},
-    forgiving::Bool = false)
Set one feature from another.
Parameters
  • feature1: handle to the feature to set to.
  • feature2: handle to the feature from which geometry, and field values   will be copied.
  • indices: indices of the destination feature's fields stored at the   corresponding index of the source feature's fields. A value of -1 should   be used to ignore the source's field. The array should not be NULL and be   as long as the number of fields in the source feature.
  • forgiving: true if the operation should continue despite lacking output   fields matching some of the source fields.
Returns
OGRERR_NONE if the operation succeeds, even if some values are not transferred, otherwise an error code.
source
ArchGDAL.setgeom! — Method
setgeom!(feature::AbstractFeature, geom::AbstractGeometry)
Set feature geometry.
This method updates the features geometry, and operate exactly as SetGeometryDirectly(), except that this method does not assume ownership of the passed geometry, but instead makes a copy of it.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature on which new geometry is applied to.
  • geom: the new geometry to apply to feature.
Returns
OGRERR_NONE if successful, or OGR_UNSUPPORTED_GEOMETRY_TYPE if the geometry type is illegal for the OGRFeatureDefn (checking not yet implemented).
source
ArchGDAL.setgeom! — Method
setgeom!(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer, geom::AbstractGeometry)
Set feature geometry of a specified geometry field.
This function updates the features geometry, and operate exactly as SetGeometryDirectly(), except that this function does not assume ownership of the passed geometry, but instead makes a copy of it.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature on which to apply the geometry.
  • i: geometry field to set.
  • geom: the new geometry to apply to feature.
Returns
OGRERR_NONE if successful, or OGR_UNSUPPORTED_GEOMETRY_TYPE if the geometry type is illegal for the OGRFeatureDefn (checking not yet implemented).
source
ArchGDAL.setmediatype! — Method
setmediatype!(feature::AbstractFeature, mediatype::AbstractString)
Sets the native media type for the feature.
The native media type is the identifier for the format of the native data. It follows the IANA RFC 2045 (see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Media_type), e.g. "application/vnd.geo+json" for JSON.
source
ArchGDAL.setnativedata! — Method
setnativedata!(feature::AbstractFeature, data::AbstractString)
Sets the native data for the feature.
The native data is the representation in a "natural" form that comes from the driver that created this feature, or that is aimed at an output driver. The native data may be in different format, which is indicated by GetNativeMediaType().
source
ArchGDAL.setstylestring! — Method
setstylestring!(feature::AbstractFeature, style::AbstractString)
Set feature style string.
This method operate exactly as setstylestringdirectly!() except that it doesn't assume ownership of the passed string, but makes a copy of it.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_clone — Method
unsafe_clone(feature::AbstractFeature)
Duplicate feature.
The newly created feature is owned by the caller, and will have its own reference to the OGRFeatureDefn.
source
ArchGDAL.unsetfield! — Method
unsetfield!(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Clear a field, marking it as unset.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature that owned the field.
  • i: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
source
ArchGDAL.validate — Method
validate(feature::AbstractFeature, flags::Integer, emiterror::Bool)
Validate that a feature meets constraints of its schema.
The scope of test is specified with the nValidateFlags parameter.
Regarding OGR_F_VAL_WIDTH, the test is done assuming the string width must be interpreted as the number of UTF-8 characters. Some drivers might interpret the width as the number of bytes instead. So this test is rather conservative (if it fails, then it will fail for all interpretations).
Parameters
  • feature: handle to the feature to validate.
  • flags: OGR_F_VAL_ALL or combination of OGR_F_VAL_NULL,   OGR_F_VAL_GEOM_TYPE, OGR_F_VAL_WIDTH and   OGR_F_VAL_ALLOW_NULL_WHEN_DEFAULT with | operator
  • emiterror: true if a CPLError() must be emitted when a check fails
Returns
true if all enabled validation tests pass.
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc53ogrnotnull_default.html
source
Base.keys — Method
keys(feature::AbstractFeature)
Fetch the keys or names on this feature.
source
Base.values — Method
values(feature::AbstractFeature)
Fetch the values this feature.
source
ArchGDAL.addfielddefn! — Method
addfielddefn!(featuredefn::FeatureDefn, fielddefn::FieldDefn)
Add a new field definition to the passed feature definition.
To add a new field definition to a layer definition, do not use this function directly, but use OGRLCreateField() instead.
This function should only be called while there are no OGRFeature objects in existence based on this OGRFeatureDefn. The OGRFieldDefn passed in is copied, and remains the responsibility of the caller.
source
ArchGDAL.addgeomdefn! — Method
addgeomdefn!(featuredefn::FeatureDefn, geomfielddefn::AbstractGeomFieldDefn)
Add a new field definition to the passed feature definition.
To add a new geometry field definition to a layer definition, do not use this function directly, but use OGRLayer::CreateGeomField() instead.
This method does an internal copy of the passed geometry field definition, unless bCopy is set to false (in which case it takes ownership of the field definition.
This method should only be called while there are no OGRFeature objects in existence based on this OGRFeatureDefn.
source
ArchGDAL.deletefielddefn! — Method
deletefielddefn!(featuredefn::FeatureDefn, i::Integer)
Delete an existing field definition.
To delete an existing field definition from a layer definition, do not use this function directly, but use OGR_L_DeleteField() instead.
This method should only be called while there are no OGRFeature objects in existence based on this OGRFeatureDefn.
source
ArchGDAL.deletegeomdefn! — Method
deletegeomdefn!(featuredefn::FeatureDefn, i::Integer)
Delete an existing geometry field definition.
To delete an existing field definition from a layer definition, do not use this function directly, but use OGRLayer::DeleteGeomField() instead.
This method should only be called while there are no OGRFeature objects in existence based on this OGRFeatureDefn.
source
ArchGDAL.dereference — Method
dereference(featuredefn::FeatureDefn)
Decrements the reference count by one, and returns the updated count.
source
ArchGDAL.destroy — Method
Destroy a feature definition object and release all memory associated with it
source
ArchGDAL.findfieldindex — Method
findfieldindex(featuredefn::AbstractFeatureDefn,
-    name::Union{AbstractString, Symbol})
Find field by name.
Returns
the field index, or -1 if no match found.
Remarks
This uses the OGRFeatureDefn::GetFieldIndex() method.
source
ArchGDAL.findgeomindex — Function
findgeomindex(featuredefn::AbstractFeatureDefn, name::AbstractString = "")
Find geometry field by name.
The geometry field index of the first geometry field matching the passed field name (case insensitively) is returned.
Returns
the geometry field index, or -1 if no match found.
source
ArchGDAL.getfielddefn — Method
getfielddefn(featuredefn::FeatureDefn, i::Integer)
Fetch field definition of the passed feature definition.
Parameters
  • featuredefn: the feature definition to get the field definition from.
  • i:  index of the field to fetch, between 0 and nfield(featuredefn)-1.
Returns
an handle to an internal field definition object or NULL if invalid index. This object should not be modified or freed by the application.
source
ArchGDAL.getgeomdefn — Function
getgeomdefn(featuredefn::FeatureDefn, i::Integer = 0)
Fetch geometry field definition of the passed feature definition.
Parameters
  • i  geometry field to fetch, between 0 (default) and ngeomfield(fd)-1.
Returns
an internal field definition object or NULL if invalid index. This object should not be modified or freed by the application.
source
ArchGDAL.getgeomtype — Method
getgeomtype(featuredefn::AbstractFeatureDefn)
Fetch the geometry base type of the passed feature definition.
For layers without any geometry field, this method returns wkbNone.
This returns the same result as OGR_FD_GetGeomType(OGR_L_GetLayerDefn(hLayer)) but for a few drivers, calling OGR_L_GetGeomType() directly can avoid lengthy layer definition initialization.
For layers with multiple geometry fields, this method only returns the geometry type of the first geometry column. For other columns, use     OGR_GFld_GetType(OGR_FD_GetGeomFieldDefn(OGR_L_GetLayerDefn(hLayer), i)).
source
ArchGDAL.getname — Method
getname(featuredefn::AbstractFeatureDefn)
Get name of the OGRFeatureDefn passed as an argument.
source
ArchGDAL.isgeomignored — Method
isgeomignored(featuredefn::AbstractFeatureDefn)
Determine whether the geometry can be omitted when fetching features.
source
ArchGDAL.issame — Method
issame(featuredefn1::AbstractFeatureDefn, featuredefn2::AbstractFeatureDefn)
Test if the feature definition is identical to the other one.
source
ArchGDAL.isstyleignored — Method
isstyleignored(featuredefn::AbstractFeatureDefn)
Determine whether the style can be omitted when fetching features.
source
ArchGDAL.nfield — Method
nfield(featuredefn::AbstractFeatureDefn)
Fetch number of fields on the passed feature definition.
source
ArchGDAL.ngeom — Method
ngeom(featuredefn::AbstractFeatureDefn)
Fetch number of geometry fields on the passed feature definition.
source
ArchGDAL.reference — Method
reference(featuredefn::FeatureDefn)
Increments the reference count in the FeatureDefn by one.
The count is used to track the number of Features referencing this definition.
Returns
The updated reference count.
source
ArchGDAL.release — Method
release(featuredefn::FeatureDefn)
Drop a reference, and destroy if unreferenced.
source
ArchGDAL.reorderfielddefns! — Method
reorderfielddefns!(featuredefn::FeatureDefn, indices::Vector{Cint})
Reorder the field definitions in the array of the feature definition.
To reorder the field definitions in a layer definition, do not use this function directly, but use OGR_L_ReorderFields() instead.
This method should only be called while there are no OGRFeature objects in existence based on this OGRFeatureDefn.
Parameters
  • fd: handle to the feature definition.
  • indices: an array of GetFieldCount() elements which is a permutation of   [0, GetFieldCount()-1]. indices is such that, for each field definition   at position i after reordering, its position before reordering was   indices[i].
source
ArchGDAL.setgeomignored! — Method
setgeomignored!(featuredefn::FeatureDefn, ignore::Bool)
Set whether the geometry can be omitted when fetching features.
source
ArchGDAL.setgeomtype! — Method
setgeomtype!(featuredefn::FeatureDefn, etype::OGRwkbGeometryType)
Assign the base geometry type for the passed layer (same as the fd).
All geometry objects using this type must be of the defined type or a derived type. The default upon creation is wkbUnknown which allows for any geometry type. The geometry type should generally not be changed after any OGRFeatures have been created against this definition.
source
ArchGDAL.setstyleignored! — Method
setstyleignored!(featuredefn::FeatureDefn, ignore::Bool)
Set whether the style can be omitted when fetching features.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_createfeature — Method
unsafe_createfeature(featuredefn::AbstractFeatureDefn)
Returns the new feature object with null fields and no geometry
Note that the OGRFeature will increment the reference count of it's defining OGRFeatureDefn. Destruction of the OGRFeatureDefn before destruction of all OGRFeatures that depend on it is likely to result in a crash.
Starting with GDAL 2.1, returns NULL in case out of memory situation.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_createfeaturedefn — Method
unsafe_createfeaturedefn(name::AbstractString)
Create a new feature definition object to hold field definitions.
The FeatureDefn maintains a reference count, but this starts at zero, and should normally be incremented by the owner.
source
ArchGDAL.addfeature! — Method
addfeature!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, feature::AbstractFeature)
Write a new feature within a layer.
Remarks
The passed feature is written to the layer as a new feature, rather than overwriting an existing one. If the feature has a feature id other than OGRNullFID, then the native implementation may use that as the feature id of the new feature, but not necessarily. Upon successful return the passed feature will have been updated with the new feature id.
source
ArchGDAL.addfielddefn! — Method
addfielddefn!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, field::AbstractFieldDefn,
-    approx = false)
Create a new field on a layer.
Parameters
  • layer:  the layer to write the field definition.
  • field:  the field definition to write to disk.
  • approx: If true, the field may be created in a slightly different form           depending on the limitations of the format driver.
Remarks
You must use this to create new fields on a real layer. Internally the OGRFeatureDefn for the layer will be updated to reflect the new field. Applications should never modify the OGRFeatureDefn used by a layer directly.
This function should not be called while there are feature objects in existence that were obtained or created with the previous layer definition.
Not all drivers support this function. You can query a layer to check if it supports it with the GDAL.OLCCreateField capability. Some drivers may only support this method while there are still no features in the layer. When it is supported, the existing features of the backing file/database should be updated accordingly.
Drivers may or may not support not-null constraints. If they support creating fields with not-null constraints, this is generally before creating any feature to the layer.
source
ArchGDAL.addgeomdefn! — Method
addgeomdefn!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, field::AbstractGeomFieldDefn,
-    approx = false)
Create a new geometry field on a layer.
Parameters
  • layer:  the layer to write the field definition.
  • field:  the geometry field definition to write to disk.
  • approx: If true, the field may be created in a slightly different form           depending on the limitations of the format driver.
Remarks
You must use this to create new geometry fields on a real layer. Internally the OGRFeatureDefn for the layer will be updated to reflect the new field. Applications should never modify the OGRFeatureDefn used by a layer directly.
This function should not be called while there are feature objects in existence that were obtained or created with the previous layer definition.
Not all drivers support this function. You can query a layer to check if it supports it with the GDAL.OLCCreateGeomField capability. Some drivers may only support this method while there are still no features in the layer. When it is supported, the existing features of the backing file/database should be updated accordingly.
Drivers may or may not support not-null constraints. If they support creating fields with not-null constraints, this is generally before creating any feature to the layer.
source
ArchGDAL.copy — Method
copy(layer, dataset, name, options)
Copy an existing layer.
This method creates a new layer, duplicate the field definitions of the source layer, and then duplicates each feature of the source layer.
Parameters
  • layer: source layer to be copied.
Keyword Arguments
  • dataset: the dataset handle. (Creates a new dataset in memory by default.)
  • name: the name of the layer to create on the dataset.
  • options: a StringList of name=value (driver-specific) options.
source
ArchGDAL.createlayer — Method
createlayer(name, dataset, geom, spatialref, options)
This function attempts to create a new layer on the dataset with the indicated name, spatialref, and geometry type.
Keyword Arguments
  • name: the name for the new layer. This should ideally not match any   existing layer on the datasource. Defaults to an empty string.
  • dataset: the dataset. Defaults to creating a new in memory dataset.
  • geom: the geometry type for the layer. Use wkbUnknown (default) if   there are no constraints on the types geometry to be written.
  • spatialref: the coordinate system to use for the new layer.
  • options: a StringList of name=value (driver-specific) options.
source
ArchGDAL.deletefeature! — Method
deletefeature!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, i::Integer)
Delete feature with fid i from layer.
Remarks
The feature with the indicated feature id is deleted from the layer if supported by the driver. Most drivers do not support feature deletion, and will return OGRERRUNSUPPORTEDOPERATION. The OGRLTestCapability() function may be called with OLCDeleteFeature to check if the driver supports feature deletion.
source
ArchGDAL.dereference — Method
dereference(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer)
Decrement layer reference count.
Returns
The reference count after decrementing.
source
ArchGDAL.envelope — Function
envelope(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, force::Bool = false)
-envelope(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, i::Integer, force::Bool = false)
Fetch the extent of this layer.
Returns the extent (MBR) of the data in the layer. If force is false, and it would be expensive to establish the extent then OGRERR_FAILURE will be returned indicating that the extent isn't know. If force is true then some implementations will actually scan the entire layer once to compute the MBR of all the features in the layer.
Parameters
  • layer: handle to the layer from which to get extent.
  • i:     (optional) the index of the geometry field to compute the extent.
  • force: Flag indicating whether the extent should be computed even if it is           expensive.
Additional Remarks
Depending on the drivers, the returned extent may or may not take the spatial filter into account. So it is safer to call GetExtent() without setting a spatial filter.
Layers without any geometry may return OGRERR_FAILURE just indicating that no meaningful extents could be collected.
Note that some implementations of this method may alter the read cursor of the layer.
source
ArchGDAL.fidcolumnname — Method
fidcolumnname(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer)
The name of the FID column in the database, or "" if not supported.
source
ArchGDAL.findfieldindex — Method
findfieldindex(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer,
-    field::Union{AbstractString, Symbol}, exactmatch::Bool)
Find the index of the field in a layer, or -1 if the field doesn't exist.
If exactmatch is set to false and the field doesn't exists in the given form the driver might apply some changes to make it match, like those it might do if the layer was created (eg. like LAUNDER in the OCI driver).
source
ArchGDAL.geomcolumnname — Method
geomcolumnname(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer)
The name of the geometry column in the database, or "" if not supported.
source
ArchGDAL.getspatialref — Method
getspatialref(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer)
Returns a clone of the spatial reference system for this layer.
source
ArchGDAL.layerdefn — Method
layerdefn(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer)
Returns a view of the schema information for this layer.
Remarks
The featuredefn is owned by the layer and should not be modified.
source
ArchGDAL.nfeature — Function
nfeature(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, force::Bool = false)
Fetch the feature count in this layer, or -1 if the count is not known.
Parameters
  • layer: handle to the layer that owned the features.
  • force: flag indicating whether the count should be computed even if it is   expensive. (false by default.)
source
ArchGDAL.nfield — Method
nfield(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer)
Fetch number of fields on the feature layer.
source
ArchGDAL.ngeom — Method
ngeom(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer)
Fetch number of geometry fields on the feature layer.
source
ArchGDAL.nreference — Method
nreference(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer)
The current reference count for the layer object itself.
source
ArchGDAL.reference — Method
reference(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer)
Increment layer reference count.
Returns
The reference count after incrementing.
source
ArchGDAL.resetreading! — Method
resetreading!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer)
Reset feature reading to start on the first feature.
This affects nextfeature().
source
ArchGDAL.setattributefilter! — Method
setattributefilter!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, query::AbstractString)
Set a new attribute query.
This method sets the attribute query string to be used when fetching features via the nextfeature() method. Only features for which the query evaluates as true will be returned.
Parameters
  • layer: handle to the layer on which attribute query will be executed.
  • query: query in restricted SQL WHERE format.
Remarks
The query string should be in the format of an SQL WHERE clause. For instance "population > 1000000 and population < 5000000" where population is an attribute in the layer. The query format is normally a restricted form of SQL WHERE clause as described in the "WHERE" section of the OGR SQL tutorial. In some cases (RDBMS backed drivers) the native capabilities of the database may be used to interpret the WHERE clause in which case the capabilities will be broader than those of OGR SQL.
Note that installing a query string will generally result in resetting the current reading position (ala resetreading!()).
source
ArchGDAL.setfeature! — Method
setfeature!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, feature::AbstractFeature)
Rewrite an existing feature.
This function will write a feature to the layer, based on the feature id within the OGRFeature.
Remarks
Use OGRLTestCapability(OLCRandomWrite) to establish if this layer supports random access writing via OGRLSetFeature().
source
ArchGDAL.setignoredfields! — Method
setignoredfields!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, fieldnames)
Set which fields can be omitted when retrieving features from the layer.
Parameters
  • fieldnames: an array of field names terminated by NULL item. If NULL is
passed, the ignored list is cleared.
Remarks
If the driver supports this functionality (testable using OLCIgnoreFields capability), it will not fetch the specified fields in subsequent calls to GetFeature()/nextfeature() and thus save some processing time and/or bandwidth.
Besides field names of the layers, the following special fields can be passed: "OGR_GEOMETRY" to ignore geometry and "OGR_STYLE" to ignore layer style.
By default, no fields are ignored.
source
ArchGDAL.setnextbyindex! — Method
setnextbyindex!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, i::Integer)
Move read cursor to the i-th feature in the current resultset.
This method allows positioning of a layer such that the nextfeature() call will read the requested feature, where i is an absolute index into the current result set. So, setting it to 3 would mean the next feature read with nextfeature() would have been the fourth feature to have been read if sequential reading took place from the beginning of the layer, including accounting for spatial and attribute filters.
Parameters
  • layer: handle to the layer
  • i: the index indicating how many steps into the result set to seek.
Remarks
Only in rare circumstances is setnextbyindex!() efficiently implemented. In all other cases the default implementation which calls resetreading!() and then calls nextfeature() i times is used. To determine if fast seeking is available on the layer, use the testcapability() method with a value of OLCFastSetNextByIndex.
source
ArchGDAL.setspatialfilter! — Method
setspatialfilter!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, geom::AbstractGeometry)
Set a new spatial filter for the layer, using the geom.
This method set the geometry to be used as a spatial filter when fetching features via the nextfeature() method. Only features that geometrically intersect the filter geometry will be returned.
Parameters
  • layer  handle to the layer on which to set the spatial filter.
  • geom   handle to the geometry to use as a filtering region. NULL may be          passed indicating that the current spatial filter should be cleared,          but no new one instituted.
Remarks
Currently this test may be inaccurately implemented, but it is guaranteed that all features whose envelope (as returned by OGRGeometry::getEnvelope()) overlaps the envelope of the spatial filter will be returned. This can result in more shapes being returned that should strictly be the case.
For the time being the passed filter geometry should be in the same SRS as the geometry field definition it corresponds to (as returned by GetLayerDefn()->OGRFeatureDefn::GetGeomFieldDefn(i)->GetSpatialRef()). In the future this may be generalized.
Note that only the last spatial filter set is applied, even if several successive calls are done with different iGeomField values.
source
ArchGDAL.setspatialfilter! — Method
setspatialfilter!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, i::Integer,
-    geom::AbstractGeometry)
Set a new spatial filter.
This method set the geometry to be used as a spatial filter when fetching features via the nextfeature() method. Only features that geometrically intersect the filter geometry will be returned.
Parameters
  • layer: the layer on which to set the spatial filter.
  • i: index of the geometry field on which the spatial filter operates.
  • geom: the geometry to use as a filtering region. NULL may be passed   indicating that the current spatial filter should be cleared, but   no new one instituted.
Remarks
Currently this test is may be inaccurately implemented, but it is guaranteed that all features who's envelope (as returned by OGRGeometry::getEnvelope()) overlaps the envelope of the spatial filter will be returned. This can result in more shapes being returned that should strictly be the case.
For the time being the passed filter geometry should be in the same SRS as the layer (as returned by OGRLayer::GetSpatialRef()). In the future this may be generalized.
source
ArchGDAL.setspatialfilter! — Method
setspatialfilter!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, i::Integer, xmin, ymin, xmax,
-    ymax)
Set a new rectangular spatial filter.
Parameters
  • layer: the feature layer on which to set the spatial filter.
  • i: index of the geometry field on which the spatial filter operates.
  • xmin: the minimum X coordinate for the rectangular region.
  • ymin: the minimum Y coordinate for the rectangular region.
  • xmax: the maximum X coordinate for the rectangular region.
  • ymax: the maximum Y coordinate for the rectangular region.
source
ArchGDAL.setspatialfilter! — Method
setspatialfilter!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, xmin, ymin, xmax, ymax)
Set a new rectangular spatial filter for the layer.
This method set rectangle to be used as a spatial filter when fetching features via the nextfeature() method. Only features that geometrically intersect the given rectangle will be returned.
The x/y values should be in the same coordinate system as the layer as a whole (as returned by OGRLayer::GetSpatialRef()). Internally this method is normally implemented as creating a 5 vertex closed rectangular polygon and passing it to OGRLayer::SetSpatialFilter(). It exists as a convenience.
The only way to clear a spatial filter set with this method is to call OGRLayer::SetSpatialFilter(NULL).
source
ArchGDAL.testcapability — Method
testcapability(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, capability::AbstractString)
Test if this layer supported the named capability.
Parameters
  • capability  the name of the capability to test.
Returns
true if the layer has the requested capability, false otherwise. It will return false for any unrecognized capabilities.
Additional Remarks
The capability codes that can be tested are represented as strings, but #defined constants exists to ensure correct spelling. Specific layer types may implement class specific capabilities, but this can't generally be discovered by the caller.
  • OLCRandomRead / "RandomRead": true if the GetFeature() method is   implemented in an optimized way for this layer, as opposed to the default   implementation using resetreading!() and nextfeature() to find the   requested feature id.
  • OLCSequentialWrite / "SequentialWrite": true if the CreateFeature()   method works for this layer. Note this means that this particular layer is   writable. The same OGRLayer class may returned false for other layer   instances that are effectively read-only.
  • OLCRandomWrite / "RandomWrite": true if the SetFeature() method is   operational on this layer. Note this means that this particular layer is   writable. The same OGRLayer class may returned false for other layer   instances that are effectively read-only.
  • OLCFastSpatialFilter / "FastSpatialFilter": true if this layer   implements spatial filtering efficiently. Layers that effectively read all   features, and test them with the OGRFeature intersection methods should   return false. This can be used as a clue by the application whether it   should build and maintain its own spatial index for features in this layer.
  • OLCFastFeatureCount / "FastFeatureCount": true if this layer can return   a feature count (via GetFeatureCount()) efficiently. i.e. without counting   the features. In some cases this will return true until a spatial filter   is installed after which it will return false.
  • OLCFastGetExtent / "FastGetExtent": true if this layer can return its   data extent (via GetExtent()) efficiently, i.e. without scanning all the   features. In some cases this will return true until a spatial filter is   installed after which it will return false.
  • OLCFastSetNextByIndex / "FastSetNextByIndex": true if this layer can   perform the SetNextByIndex() call efficiently, otherwise false.
  • OLCCreateField / "CreateField": true if this layer can create new fields   on the current layer using CreateField(), otherwise false.
  • OLCCreateGeomField / "CreateGeomField": (GDAL >= 1.11) true if this   layer can create new geometry fields on the current layer using   CreateGeomField(), otherwise false.
  • OLCDeleteField / "DeleteField": true if this layer can delete existing   fields on the current layer using DeleteField(), otherwise false.
  • OLCReorderFields / "ReorderFields": true if this layer can reorder   existing fields on the current layer using ReorderField() or   ReorderFields(), otherwise false.
  • OLCAlterFieldDefn / "AlterFieldDefn": true if this layer can alter the   definition of an existing field on the current layer using AlterFieldDefn(),   otherwise false.
  • OLCDeleteFeature / "DeleteFeature": true if the DeleteFeature() method   is supported on this layer, otherwise false.
  • OLCStringsAsUTF8 / "StringsAsUTF8": true if values of OFTString fields   are assured to be in UTF-8 format. If false the encoding of fields is   uncertain, though it might still be UTF-8.
  • OLCTransactions / "Transactions": true if the StartTransaction(),   CommitTransaction() and RollbackTransaction() methods work in a meaningful   way, otherwise false.
  • OLCIgnoreFields / "IgnoreFields": true if fields, geometry and style   will be omitted when fetching features as set by SetIgnoredFields() method.
  • OLCCurveGeometries / "CurveGeometries": true if this layer supports   writing curve geometries or may return such geometries. (GDAL 2.0).
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_createfeature — Method
unsafe_createfeature(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer)
Create and returns a new feature based on the layer definition.
The newly feature is owned by the layer (it will increase the number of features the layer by one), but the feature has not been written to the layer yet.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_getfeature — Method
unsafe_getfeature(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, i::Integer)
Return a feature (now owned by the caller) by its identifier or NULL on failure.
Parameters
  • layer: the feature layer to be read from.
  • i: the index of the feature to be returned.
Remarks
This function will attempt to read the identified feature. The nFID value cannot be OGRNullFID. Success or failure of this operation is unaffected by the spatial or attribute filters (and specialized implementations in drivers should make sure that they do not take into account spatial or attribute filters).
If this function returns a non-NULL feature, it is guaranteed that its feature id (OGRFGetFID()) will be the same as nFID.
Use OGRLTestCapability(OLCRandomRead) to establish if this layer supports efficient random access reading via OGRLGetFeature(); however, the call should always work if the feature exists as a fallback implementation just scans all the features in the layer looking for the desired feature.
Sequential reads (with OGRLGetNextFeature()) are generally considered interrupted by a OGRLGetFeature() call.
The returned feature is now owned by the caller, and should be freed with destroy().
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_nextfeature — Method
unsafe_nextfeature(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer)
Fetch the next available feature from this layer.
Parameters
  • layer: the feature layer to be read from.
Remarks
This method implements sequential access to the features of a layer. The resetreading!() method can be used to start at the beginning again. Only features matching the current spatial filter (set with setspatialfilter!()) will be returned.
The returned feature becomes the responsibility of the caller to delete with destroy(). It is critical that all features associated with a FeatureLayer (more specifically a FeatureDefn) be destroyed before that layer is destroyed.
Features returned by nextfeature() may or may not be affected by concurrent modifications depending on drivers. A guaranteed way of seeing modifications in effect is to call resetreading!() on layers where nextfeature() has been called, before reading again. Structural changes in layers (field addition, deletion, ...) when a read is in progress may or may not be possible depending on drivers. If a transaction is committed/aborted, the current sequential reading may or may not be valid after that operation and a call to resetreading!() might be needed.
source
ArchGDAL.getdefault — Method
getdefault(fielddefn::AbstractFieldDefn)
Get default field value
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc53ogrnotnull_default.html
source
ArchGDAL.getfieldtype — Method
getfieldtype(fielddefn::AbstractFieldDefn)
Returns the type or subtype (if any) of this field.
Parameters
  • fielddefn: handle to the field definition.
Returns
The field type or subtype.
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc50ogrfield_subtype.html
source
ArchGDAL.getjustify — Method
getjustify(fielddefn::AbstractFieldDefn)
Get the justification for this field.
Note: no driver is know to use the concept of field justification.
source
ArchGDAL.getprecision — Method
getprecision(fielddefn::AbstractFieldDefn)
Get the formatting precision for this field.
This should normally be zero for fields of types other than OFTReal.
source
ArchGDAL.getspatialref — Method
getspatialref(geomdefn::AbstractGeomFieldDefn)
Returns a clone of the spatial reference system for this field. May be NULL.
source
ArchGDAL.getsubtype — Method
getsubtype(fielddefn::AbstractFieldDefn)
Fetch subtype of this field.
Parameters
  • fielddefn: handle to the field definition to get subtype from.
Returns
field subtype.
source
ArchGDAL.getwidth — Method
getwidth(fielddefn::AbstractFieldDefn)
Get the formatting width for this field.
Returns
the width, zero means no specified width.
source
ArchGDAL.isdefaultdriverspecific — Method
isdefaultdriverspecific(fielddefn::AbstractFieldDefn)
Returns whether the default value is driver specific.
Driver specific default values are those that are not NULL, a numeric value, a literal value enclosed between single quote characters, CURRENTTIMESTAMP, CURRENTTIME, CURRENT_DATE or datetime literal value.
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc53ogrnotnull_default.html
source
ArchGDAL.isignored — Method
isignored(fielddefn::AbstractFieldDefn)
Return whether this field should be omitted when fetching features.
source
ArchGDAL.isignored — Method
isignored(geomdefn::AbstractGeomFieldDefn)
Return whether this field should be omitted when fetching features.
source
ArchGDAL.isnullable — Method
isnullable(fielddefn::AbstractFieldDefn)
Return whether this field can receive null values.
By default, fields are nullable.
Even if this method returns false (i.e not-nullable field), it doesn't mean that OGRFeature::IsFieldSet() will necessarily return true, as fields can be temporarily unset and null/not-null validation is usually done when OGRLayer::CreateFeature()/SetFeature() is called.
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc53ogrnotnull_default.html
source
ArchGDAL.isnullable — Method
isnullable(geomdefn::AbstractGeomFieldDefn)
Return whether this geometry field can receive null values.
By default, fields are nullable.
Even if this method returns false (i.e not-nullable field), it doesn't mean that OGRFeature::IsFieldSet() will necessary return true, as fields can be temporarily unset and null/not-null validation is usually done when OGRLayer::CreateFeature()/SetFeature() is called.
Note that not-nullable geometry fields might also contain 'empty' geometries.
source
ArchGDAL.setdefault! — Method
setdefault!(fielddefn::AbstractFieldDefn, default)
Set default field value.
The default field value is taken into account by drivers (generally those with a SQL interface) that support it at field creation time. OGR will generally not automatically set the default field value to null fields by itself when calling OGRFeature::CreateFeature() / OGRFeature::SetFeature(), but will let the low-level layers to do the job. So retrieving the feature from the layer is recommended.
The accepted values are NULL, a numeric value, a literal value enclosed between single quote characters (and inner single quote characters escaped by repetition of the single quote character), CURRENTTIMESTAMP, CURRENTTIME, CURRENT_DATE or a driver specific expression (that might be ignored by other drivers). For a datetime literal value, format should be 'YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS[.sss]' (considered as UTC time).
Drivers that support writing DEFAULT clauses will advertize the GDALDCAPDEFAULT_FIELDS driver metadata item.
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc53ogrnotnull_default.html
source
ArchGDAL.setignored! — Method
setignored!(fielddefn::FieldDefn, ignore::Bool)
Set whether this field should be omitted when fetching features.
source
ArchGDAL.setignored! — Method
setignored!(geomdefn::GeomFieldDefn, ignore::Bool)
Set whether this field should be omitted when fetching features.
source
ArchGDAL.setjustify! — Method
setjustify!(fielddefn::FieldDefn, ejustify::OGRJustification)
Set the justification for this field.
Note: no driver is know to use the concept of field justification.
source
ArchGDAL.setnullable! — Method
setnullable!(geomdefn::GeomFieldDefn, nullable::Bool)
Set whether this geometry field can receive null values.
By default, fields are nullable, so this method is generally called with false to set a not-null constraint.
Drivers that support writing not-null constraint will advertize the GDALDCAPNOTNULL_GEOMFIELDS driver metadata item.
source
ArchGDAL.setnullable! — Method
setnullable!(fielddefn::FieldDefn, nullable::Bool)
Set whether this field can receive null values.
By default, fields are nullable, so this method is generally called with false to set a not-null constraint.
Drivers that support writing not-null constraint will advertize the GDALDCAPNOTNULL_FIELDS driver metadata item.
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc53ogrnotnull_default.html
source
ArchGDAL.setparams! — Method
setparams!(fielddefn, name, etype, [nwidth, [nprecision, [justify]]])
Set defining parameters for a field in one call.
Parameters
  • fielddefn:  the field definition to set to.
  • name:       the new name to assign.
  • etype:      the new type (one of the OFT values like OFTInteger).
  • nwidth:     the preferred formatting width. 0 (default) indicates undefined.
  • nprecision: number of decimals for formatting. 0 (default) for undefined.
  • justify:    the formatting justification ([OJUndefined], OJLeft or OJRight)
source
ArchGDAL.setprecision! — Method
setprecision!(fielddefn::FieldDefn, precision::Integer)
Set the formatting precision for this field in characters.
This should normally be zero for fields of types other than OFTReal.
source
ArchGDAL.setspatialref! — Method
setspatialref!(geomdefn::GeomFieldDefn, spatialref::AbstractSpatialRef)
Set the spatial reference of this field.
This function drops the reference of the previously set SRS object and acquires a new reference on the passed object (if non-NULL).
source
ArchGDAL.setsubtype! — Method
setsubtype!(fielddefn::FieldDefn, subtype::OGRFieldSubType)
Set the subtype of this field.
This should never be done to an OGRFieldDefn that is already part of an OGRFeatureDefn.
Parameters
  • fielddefn: handle to the field definition to set type to.
  • subtype: the new field subtype.
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc50ogrfield_subtype.html
source
ArchGDAL.setwidth! — Method
setwidth!(fielddefn::FieldDefn, width::Integer)
Set the formatting width for this field in characters.
This should never be done to an OGRFieldDefn that is already part of an OGRFeatureDefn.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_createfielddefn — Method
unsafe_createfielddefn(name::AbstractString, etype::OGRFieldType)
Create a new field definition.
By default, fields have no width, precision, are nullable and not ignored.
source
ArchGDAL.addgeom! — Method
addgeom!(geomcontainer::AbstractGeometry, subgeom::AbstractGeometry)
Add a geometry to a geometry container.
Some subclasses of OGRGeometryCollection restrict the types of geometry that can be added, and may return an error. The passed geometry is cloned to make an internal copy.
For a polygon, subgeom must be a linearring. If the polygon is empty, the first added subgeometry will be the exterior ring. The next ones will be the interior rings.
Parameters
  • geomcontainer: existing geometry.
  • subgeom: geometry to add to the existing geometry.
source
ArchGDAL.addpoint! — Function
addpoint!(geom::AbstractGeometry, x, y)
-addpoint!(geom::AbstractGeometry, x, y, z)
Add a point to a geometry (line string or point).
Parameters
  • geom: the geometry to add a point to.
  • x: x coordinate of point to add.
  • y: y coordinate of point to add.
  • z: z coordinate of point to add.
source
ArchGDAL.boundary — Method
boundary(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns the boundary of the geometry.
A new geometry object is created and returned containing the boundary of the geometry on which the method is invoked.
source
ArchGDAL.boundingbox — Method
boundingbox(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns a bounding box polygon (CW) built from envelope coordinates
source
ArchGDAL.buffer — Function
buffer(geom::AbstractGeometry, dist::Real, quadsegs::Integer = 30)
Compute buffer of geometry.
Builds a new geometry containing the buffer region around the geometry on which it is invoked. The buffer is a polygon containing the region within the buffer distance of the original geometry.
Some buffer sections are properly described as curves, but are converted to approximate polygons. The nQuadSegs parameter can be used to control how many segments should be used to define a 90 degree curve - a quadrant of a circle. A value of 30 is a reasonable default. Large values result in large numbers of vertices in the resulting buffer geometry while small numbers reduce the accuracy of the result.
Parameters
  • geom: the geometry.
  • dist: the buffer distance to be applied. Should be expressed into the   same unit as the coordinates of the geometry.
  • quadsegs: the number of segments used to approximate a 90 degree   (quadrant) of curvature.
source
ArchGDAL.centroid! — Method
centroid!(geom::AbstractGeometry, centroid::AbstractGeometry)
Compute the geometry centroid.
The centroid location is applied to the passed in OGRPoint object. The centroid is not necessarily within the geometry.
This method relates to the SFCOM ISurface::get_Centroid() method however the current implementation based on GEOS can operate on other geometry types such as multipoint, linestring, geometrycollection such as multipolygons. OGC SF SQL 1.1 defines the operation for surfaces (polygons). SQL/MM-Part 3 defines the operation for surfaces and multisurfaces (multipolygons).
source
ArchGDAL.centroid — Method
centroid(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Compute the geometry centroid.
The centroid is not necessarily within the geometry.
(This method relates to the SFCOM ISurface::get_Centroid() method however the current implementation based on GEOS can operate on other geometry types such as multipoint, linestring, geometrycollection such as multipolygons. OGC SF SQL 1.1 defines the operation for surfaces (polygons). SQL/MM-Part 3 defines the operation for surfaces and multisurfaces (multipolygons).)
source
ArchGDAL.clone — Method
clone(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns a copy of the geometry with the original spatial reference system.
source
ArchGDAL.closerings! — Method
closerings!(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Force rings to be closed.
If this geometry, or any contained geometries has polygon rings that are not closed, they will be closed by adding the starting point at the end.
source
ArchGDAL.contains — Method
contains(g1::AbstractGeometry, g2::AbstractGeometry)
Returns true if g1 contains g2.
source
ArchGDAL.convexhull — Method
convexhull(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns the convex hull of the geometry.
A new geometry object is created and returned containing the convex hull of the geometry on which the method is invoked.
source
ArchGDAL.creategeom — Method
creategeom(geomtype::OGRwkbGeometryType)
Create an empty geometry of desired type.
This is equivalent to allocating the desired geometry with new, but the allocation is guaranteed to take place in the context of the GDAL/OGR heap.
source
ArchGDAL.crosses — Method
crosses(g1::AbstractGeometry, g2::AbstractGeometry)
Returns true if the geometries are crossing.
source
ArchGDAL.curvegeom — Method
curvegeom(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Return curve version of this geometry.
Returns a geometry that has possibly CIRCULARSTRING, COMPOUNDCURVE, CURVEPOLYGON, MULTICURVE or MULTISURFACE in it, by de-approximating linear into curve geometries.
If the geometry has no curve portion, the returned geometry will be a clone.
The reverse function is OGRGGetLinearGeometry().
source
ArchGDAL.delaunaytriangulation — Method
delaunaytriangulation(geom::AbstractGeometry, tol::Real, onlyedges::Bool)
Return a Delaunay triangulation of the vertices of the geometry.
Parameters
  • geom: the geometry.
  • tol: optional snapping tolerance to use for improved robustness
  • onlyedges: if true, will return a MULTILINESTRING, otherwise it   will return a GEOMETRYCOLLECTION containing triangular POLYGONs.
source
ArchGDAL.destroy — Method
Destroy geometry object.
Equivalent to invoking delete on a geometry, but it guaranteed to take place within the context of the GDAL/OGR heap.
source
ArchGDAL.destroy — Method
Destroy prepared geometry object.
Equivalent to invoking delete on a prepared geometry, but it guaranteed to take place within the context of the GDAL/OGR heap.
source
ArchGDAL.difference — Method
difference(g1::AbstractGeometry, g2::AbstractGeometry)
Generates a new geometry which is the region of this geometry with the region of the other geometry removed.
Returns
A new geometry representing the difference of the geometries, or NULL if the difference is empty.
source
ArchGDAL.disjoint — Method
disjoint(g1::AbstractGeometry, g2::AbstractGeometry)
Returns true if the geometries are disjoint.
source
ArchGDAL.distance — Method
distance(g1::AbstractGeometry, g2::AbstractGeometry)
Returns the distance between the geometries or -1 if an error occurs.
source
ArchGDAL.empty! — Method
empty!(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Clear geometry information.
This restores the geometry to its initial state after construction, and before assignment of actual geometry.
source
ArchGDAL.envelope — Method
envelope(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Computes and returns the bounding envelope for this geometry.
source
ArchGDAL.envelope3d — Method
envelope3d(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Computes and returns the bounding envelope (3D) for this geometry
source
ArchGDAL.equals — Method
equals(g1::AbstractGeometry, g2::AbstractGeometry)
Returns true if the geometries are equivalent.
source
ArchGDAL.flattento2d! — Method
flattento2d!(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Convert geometry to strictly 2D.
The return value will have a new type, do not continue using the original object.
source
ArchGDAL.forceto — Function
forceto(geom::AbstractGeometry, targettype::OGRwkbGeometryType, [options])
Tries to force the provided geometry to the specified geometry type.
Parameters
  • geom: the input geometry.
  • targettype: target output geometry type.
options: (optional) options as a null-terminated vector of strings
It can promote 'single' geometry type to their corresponding collection type (see OGRGTGetCollection()) or the reverse. non-linear geometry type to their corresponding linear geometry type (see OGRGTGetLinear()), by possibly approximating circular arcs they may contain. Regarding conversion from linear geometry types to curve geometry types, only "wraping" will be done. No attempt to retrieve potential circular arcs by de-approximating stroking will be done. For that, OGRGeometry::getCurveGeometry() can be used.
The passed in geometry is cloned and a new one returned.
source
ArchGDAL.fromGML — Method
fromGML(data)
Create geometry from GML.
This method translates a fragment of GML containing only the geometry portion into a corresponding OGRGeometry. There are many limitations on the forms of GML geometries supported by this parser, but they are too numerous to list here.
The following GML2 elements are parsed : Point, LineString, Polygon, MultiPoint, MultiLineString, MultiPolygon, MultiGeometry.
source
ArchGDAL.fromWKB — Method
fromWKB(data)
Create a geometry object of the appropriate type from it's well known binary (WKB) representation.
Parameters
  • data: pointer to the input BLOB data.
source
ArchGDAL.fromWKT — Method
fromWKT(data::Vector{String})
Create a geometry object of the appropriate type from its well known text (WKT) representation.
Parameters
  • data: input zero terminated string containing WKT representation of the   geometry to be created. The pointer is updated to point just beyond that   last character consumed.
source
ArchGDAL.geomarea — Method
geomarea(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns the area of the geometry or 0.0 for unsupported geometry types.
source
ArchGDAL.geomdim — Method
geomdim(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Get the dimension of the geometry. 0 for points, 1 for lines and 2 for surfaces.
This function corresponds to the SFCOM IGeometry::GetDimension() method. It indicates the dimension of the geometry, but does not indicate the dimension of the underlying space (as indicated by OGRGGetCoordinateDimension() function).
source
ArchGDAL.geomlength — Method
geomlength(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns the length of the geometry, or 0.0 for unsupported geometry types.
source
ArchGDAL.getcoorddim — Method
getcoorddim(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Get the dimension of the coordinates in this geometry.
Returns
This will return 2 or 3.
source
ArchGDAL.getgeom — Method
getgeom(geom::AbstractGeometry, i::Integer)
Fetch geometry from a geometry container.
For a polygon, getgeom(polygon,i) returns the exterior ring if i == 0, and the interior rings for i > 0.
Parameters
  • geom: the geometry container from which to get a geometry from.
  • i: index of the geometry to fetch, between 0 and ngeom() - 1.
source
ArchGDAL.getm — Method
getm(geom::AbstractGeometry, i::Integer)
Fetch the m coordinate of a point from a geometry, at index i.
source
ArchGDAL.getpoint — Method
getpoint(geom::AbstractGeometry, i::Integer)
Fetch a point in line string or a point geometry, at index i.
Parameters
  • i: the vertex to fetch, from 0 to ngeom()-1, zero for a point.
source
ArchGDAL.getspatialref — Method
getspatialref(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns a clone of the spatial reference system for the geometry.
(The original SRS may be shared with many objects, and should not be modified.)
source
ArchGDAL.getx — Method
getx(geom::AbstractGeometry, i::Integer)
Fetch the x coordinate of a point from a geometry, at index i.
source
ArchGDAL.gety — Method
gety(geom::AbstractGeometry, i::Integer)
Fetch the y coordinate of a point from a geometry, at index i.
source
ArchGDAL.getz — Method
getz(geom::AbstractGeometry, i::Integer)
Fetch the z coordinate of a point from a geometry, at index i.
source
ArchGDAL.hascurvegeom — Method
hascurvegeom(geom::AbstractGeometry, nonlinear::Bool)
Returns if this geometry is or has curve geometry.
Parameters
  • geom: the geometry to operate on.
  • nonlinear: set it to true to check if the geometry is or contains a   CIRCULARSTRING.
source
ArchGDAL.intersection — Method
intersection(g1::AbstractGeometry, g2::AbstractGeometry)
Returns a new geometry representing the intersection of the geometries, or NULL if there is no intersection or an error occurs.
Generates a new geometry which is the region of intersection of the two geometries operated on. The OGRGIntersects() function can be used to test if two geometries intersect.
source
ArchGDAL.intersects — Method
intersects(g1::AbstractGeometry, g2::AbstractGeometry)
Returns whether the geometries intersect
Determines whether two geometries intersect. If GEOS is enabled, then this is done in rigorous fashion otherwise true is returned if the envelopes (bounding boxes) of the two geometries overlap.
source
ArchGDAL.is3d — Method
is3d(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns true if the geometry has a z coordinate, otherwise false.
source
ArchGDAL.isempty — Method
isempty(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns true if the geometry has no points, otherwise false.
source
ArchGDAL.ismeasured — Method
ismeasured(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns true if the geometry has a m coordinate, otherwise false.
source
ArchGDAL.isring — Method
isring(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns true if the geometry is a ring, otherwise false.
source
ArchGDAL.issimple — Method
issimple(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns true if the geometry is simple, otherwise false.
source
ArchGDAL.isvalid — Method
isvalid(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns true if the geometry is valid, otherwise false.
source
ArchGDAL.ngeom — Method
ngeom(geom::AbstractGeometry)
The number of elements in a geometry or number of geometries in container.
This corresponds to
  • OGR_G_GetPointCount for wkbPoint[25D] or wkbLineString[25D],
  • OGR_G_GetGeometryCount for geometries of type wkbPolygon[25D],   wkbMultiPoint[25D], wkbMultiLineString[25D], wkbMultiPolygon[25D] or   wkbGeometryCollection[25D], and
  • 0 for other geometry types.
source
ArchGDAL.overlaps — Method
overlaps(g1::AbstractGeometry, g2::AbstractGeometry)
Returns true if the geometries overlap.
source
ArchGDAL.pointalongline — Method
pointalongline(geom::AbstractGeometry, distance::Real)
Fetch point at given distance along curve.
Parameters
  • geom: curve geometry.
  • distance: distance along the curve at which to sample position. This   distance should be between zero and geomlength() for this curve.
Returns
a point or NULL.
source
ArchGDAL.pointonsurface — Method
pointonsurface(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns a point guaranteed to lie on the surface.
This method relates to the SFCOM ISurface::get_PointOnSurface() method however the current implementation based on GEOS can operate on other geometry types than the types that are supported by SQL/MM-Part 3 : surfaces (polygons) and multisurfaces (multipolygons).
source
ArchGDAL.polygonfromedges — Method
polygonfromedges(lines::AbstractGeometry, tol::Real; besteffort = false,
-    autoclose = false)
Build a ring from a bunch of arcs.
Parameters
  • lines: handle to an OGRGeometryCollection (or OGRMultiLineString)   containing the line string geometries to be built into rings.
  • tol: whether two arcs are considered close enough to be joined.
Keyword Arguments
  • besteffort: (defaults to false) not yet implemented???.
  • autoclose: indicates if the ring should be close when first and last   points of the ring are the same. (defaults to false)
source
ArchGDAL.polygonize — Method
polygonize(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Polygonizes a set of sparse edges.
A new geometry object is created and returned containing a collection of reassembled Polygons: NULL will be returned if the input collection doesn't correspond to a MultiLinestring, or when reassembling Edges into Polygons is impossible due to topological inconsistencies.
source
ArchGDAL.preparegeom — Method
preparegeom(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Create an prepared geometry of a geometry. This can speed up operations which interact with the geometry multiple times, by storing caches of calculated geometry information.
source
ArchGDAL.removeallgeoms! — Method
removeallgeoms!(geom::AbstractGeometry, todelete::Bool = true)
Remove all geometries from an exiting geometry container.
Parameters
  • geom: the existing geometry to delete from.
  • todelete: if true the geometry will be destroyed, otherwise it will not.   The default is true as the existing geometry is considered to own the   geometries in it.
source
ArchGDAL.removegeom! — Method
removegeom!(geom::AbstractGeometry, i::Integer, todelete::Bool = true)
Remove a geometry from an exiting geometry container.
Parameters
  • geom: the existing geometry to delete from.
  • i: the index of the geometry to delete. A value of -1 is a special flag   meaning that all geometries should be removed.
  • todelete: if true the geometry will be destroyed, otherwise it will not.   The default is true as the existing geometry is considered to own the   geometries in it.
source
ArchGDAL.segmentize! — Method
segmentize!(geom::AbstractGeometry, maxlength::Real)
Modify the geometry such it has no segment longer than the given distance.
Interpolated points will have Z and M values (if needed) set to 0. Distance computation is performed in 2d only
Parameters
  • geom: the geometry to segmentize
  • maxlength: the maximum distance between 2 points after segmentization
source
ArchGDAL.setcoorddim! — Method
setcoorddim!(geom::AbstractGeometry, dim::Integer)
Set the coordinate dimension.
This method sets the explicit coordinate dimension. Setting the coordinate dimension of a geometry to 2 should zero out any existing Z values. Setting the dimension of a geometry collection, a compound curve, a polygon, etc. will affect the children geometries. This will also remove the M dimension if present before this call.
source
ArchGDAL.setnonlineargeomflag! — Method
setnonlineargeomflag!(flag::Bool)
Set flag to enable/disable returning non-linear geometries in the C API.
This flag has only an effect on the OGRFGetGeometryRef(), OGRFGetGeomFieldRef(), OGRLGetGeomType(), OGRGFldGetType() and OGRFDGetGeomType() C API methods. It is meant as making it simple for applications using the OGR C API not to have to deal with non-linear geometries, even if such geometries might be returned by drivers. In which case, they will be transformed into their closest linear geometry, by doing linear approximation, with OGRGForceTo().
Libraries should generally not use that method, since that could interfere with other libraries or applications.
Parameters
  • flag: true if non-linear geometries might be returned (default value).         false to ask for non-linear geometries to be approximated as linear         geometries.
Returns
a point or NULL.
source
ArchGDAL.setpoint! — Function
setpoint!(geom::AbstractGeometry, i::Integer, x, y)
-setpoint!(geom::AbstractGeometry, i::Integer, x, y, z)
Set the location of a vertex in a point or linestring geometry.
Parameters
  • geom: handle to the geometry to add a vertex to.
  • i: the index of the vertex to assign (zero based) or zero for a point.
  • x: input X coordinate to assign.
  • y: input Y coordinate to assign.
  • z: input Z coordinate to assign (defaults to zero).
source
ArchGDAL.setpointcount! — Method
setpointcount!(geom::AbstractGeometry, n::Integer)
Set number of points in a geometry.
Parameters
  • geom: the geometry.
  • n: the new number of points for geometry.
source
ArchGDAL.simplify — Method
simplify(geom::AbstractGeometry, tol::Real)
Compute a simplified geometry.
Parameters
  • geom: the geometry.
  • tol: the distance tolerance for the simplification.
source
ArchGDAL.simplifypreservetopology — Method
simplifypreservetopology(geom::AbstractGeometry, tol::Real)
Simplify the geometry while preserving topology.
Parameters
  • geom: the geometry.
  • tol: the distance tolerance for the simplification.
source
ArchGDAL.symdifference — Method
symdifference(g1::AbstractGeometry, g2::AbstractGeometry)
Returns a new geometry representing the symmetric difference of the geometries or NULL if the difference is empty or an error occurs.
source
ArchGDAL.toISOWKB — Function
toISOWKB(geom::AbstractGeometry, order::OGRwkbByteOrder = wkbNDR)
Convert a geometry into SFSQL 1.2 / ISO SQL/MM Part 3 well known binary format.
Parameters
  • geom: handle on the geometry to convert to a well know binary data from.
  • order: One of wkbXDR or [wkbNDR] indicating MSB or LSB byte order resp.
source
ArchGDAL.toISOWKT — Method
toISOWKT(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Convert a geometry into SFSQL 1.2 / ISO SQL/MM Part 3 well known text format.
source
ArchGDAL.toJSON — Method
toJSON(geom::AbstractGeometry; kwargs...)
Convert a geometry into GeoJSON format.
  • The following options are supported :
  • COORDINATE_PRECISION=number: maximum number of figures after decimal  separator to write in coordinates.
  • SIGNIFICANT_FIGURES=number: maximum number of significant figures.
  • If COORDINATEPRECISION is defined, SIGNIFICANTFIGURES will be ignored if
  • specified.
  • When none are defined, the default is COORDINATE_PRECISION=15.
Parameters
  • geom: handle to the geometry.
Returns
A GeoJSON fragment or NULL in case of error.
source
ArchGDAL.toKML — Function
toKML(geom::AbstractGeometry, altitudemode = C_NULL)
Convert a geometry into KML format.
source
ArchGDAL.toWKB — Function
toWKB(geom::AbstractGeometry, order::OGRwkbByteOrder = wkbNDR)
Convert a geometry well known binary format.
Parameters
  • geom: handle on the geometry to convert to a well know binary data from.
  • order: One of wkbXDR or [wkbNDR] indicating MSB or LSB byte order resp.
source
ArchGDAL.toWKT — Method
toWKT(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Convert a geometry into well known text format.
source
ArchGDAL.touches — Method
touches(g1::AbstractGeometry, g2::AbstractGeometry)
Returns true if the geometries are touching.
source
ArchGDAL.transform! — Method
transform!(geom::AbstractGeometry, coordtransform::CoordTransform)
Apply arbitrary coordinate transformation to geometry.
Parameters
  • geom: handle on the geometry to apply the transform to.
  • coordtransform: handle on the transformation to apply.
source
ArchGDAL.union — Method
union(g1::AbstractGeometry, g2::AbstractGeometry)
Returns a new geometry representing the union of the geometries.
source
ArchGDAL.within — Method
within(g1::AbstractGeometry, g2::AbstractGeometry)
Returns true if g1 is contained within g2.
source
ArchGDAL.wkbsize — Method
wkbsize(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns size (in bytes) of related binary representation.
source
ArchGDAL.addpart! — Method
addpart!(stylemanager::StyleManager, styletool::StyleTool)
Add a part (style tool) to the current style.
Parameters
  • stylemanager: handle to the style manager.
  • styletool: the style tool defining the part to add.
Returns
true on success, false on error.
source
ArchGDAL.addstyle! — Method
addstyle!(stylemanager::StyleManager, stylename, stylestring)
Add a style to the current style table.
Parameters
  • stylemanager: handle to the style manager.
  • stylename: the name of the style to add.
  • stylestring: (optional) the style string to use, or (if not provided) to use   the style stored in the manager.
Returns
true on success, false on error.
source
ArchGDAL.addstyle! — Method
addstyle!(styletable::StyleTable, stylename, stylestring)
Add a new style in the table.
Parameters
  • styletable: handle to the style table.
  • name: the name the style to add.
  • stylestring: the style string to add.
Returns
true on success, false on error
source
ArchGDAL.asdouble — Function
asdouble(styletool::StyleTool, id::Integer, nullflag = Ref{Cint}(0))
Get Style Tool parameter value as a double.
Parameters
  • styletool: handle to the style tool.
  • id: the parameter id from the enumeration corresponding to the type of this       style tool (one of the OGRSTPenParam, OGRSTBrushParam, OGRSTSymbolParam       or OGRSTLabelParam enumerations)
  • nullflag: pointer to an integer that will be set to true or false to       indicate whether the parameter value is NULL.
Returns
the parameter value as a double and sets nullflag.
source
ArchGDAL.asint — Function
asint(styletool::StyleTool, id::Integer, nullflag = Ref{Cint}(0))
Get Style Tool parameter value as an integer.
Parameters
  • styletool: handle to the style tool.
  • id: the parameter id from the enumeration corresponding to the type of this       style tool (one of the OGRSTPenParam, OGRSTBrushParam, OGRSTSymbolParam       or OGRSTLabelParam enumerations)
  • nullflag: pointer to an integer that will be set to true or false to       indicate whether the parameter value is NULL.
Returns
the parameter value as an integer and sets nullflag.
source
ArchGDAL.asstring — Method
asstring(styletool::StyleTool, id::Integer)
-asstring(styletool::StyleTool, id::Integer, nullflag::Ref{Cint})
Get Style Tool parameter value as a string.
Parameters
  • styletool: handle to the style tool.
  • id: the parameter id from the enumeration corresponding to the type of this       style tool (one of the OGRSTPenParam, OGRSTBrushParam, OGRSTSymbolParam       or OGRSTLabelParam enumerations)
  • nullflag: pointer to an integer that will be set to true or false to       indicate whether the parameter value is NULL.
Returns
the parameter value as a string and sets nullflag.
source
ArchGDAL.destroy — Method
Destroy Style Manager.
Parameters
  • stylemanager: handle to the style manager to destroy.
source
ArchGDAL.destroy — Method
Destroy Style Table.
Parameters
  • styletable: handle to the style table to destroy.
source
ArchGDAL.findstylestring — Method
findstylestring(styletable::StyleTable, name::AbstractString)
Get a style string by name.
Parameters
  • styletable: handle to the style table.
  • name: the name of the style string to find.
Returns
the style string matching the name or NULL if not found or error.
source
ArchGDAL.getstylestring — Method
getstylestring(styletool::StyleTool)
Get the style string for this Style Tool.
Parameters
  • styletool: handle to the style tool.
Returns
the style string for this style tool or "" if the styletool is invalid.
source
ArchGDAL.gettype — Method
gettype(styletool::StyleTool)
Determine type of Style Tool.
Parameters
  • styletool: handle to the style tool.
Returns
the style tool type, one of OGRSTCPen (1), OGRSTCBrush (2), OGRSTCSymbol (3) or OGRSTCLabel (4). Returns OGRSTCNone (0) if the OGRStyleToolH is invalid.
source
ArchGDAL.getunit — Method
getunit(styletool::StyleTool)
Get Style Tool units.
Parameters
  • styletool: handle to the style tool.
Returns
the style tool units.
source
ArchGDAL.initialize! — Method
initialize!(stylemanager::StyleManager, stylestring = C_NULL)
Initialize style manager from the style string.
Parameters
  • stylemanager: handle to the style manager.
  • stylestring: the style string to use (can be NULL).
Returns
true on success, false on error.
source
ArchGDAL.laststyle — Method
laststyle(styletable::StyleTable)
Get the style name of the last style string fetched with OGRSTBLGetNextStyle.
Parameters
  • styletable: handle to the style table.
Returns
the Name of the last style string or NULL on error.
source
ArchGDAL.loadstyletable! — Method
loadstyletable!(styletable::StyleTable, filename::AbstractString)
Load a style table from a file.
Parameters
  • styletable: handle to the style table.
  • filename: the name of the file to load from.
Returns
true on success, false on error
source
ArchGDAL.nextstyle — Method
nextstyle(styletable::StyleTable)
Get the next style string from the table.
Parameters
  • styletable: handle to the style table.
Returns
the next style string or NULL on error.
source
ArchGDAL.npart — Function
npart(stylemanager::StyleManager)
-npart(stylemanager::StyleManager, stylestring::AbstractString)
Get the number of parts in a style.
Parameters
  • stylemanager: handle to the style manager.
  • stylestring: (optional) the style string on which to operate. If NULL then                the current style string stored in the style manager is used.
Returns
the number of parts (style tools) in the style.
source
ArchGDAL.resetreading! — Method
resetreading!(styletable::StyleTable)
Reset the next style pointer to 0.
Parameters
  • styletable: handle to the style table.
source
ArchGDAL.savestyletable — Method
savestyletable(styletable::StyleTable, filename::AbstractString)
Save a style table to a file.
Parameters
  • styletable: handle to the style table.
  • filename: the name of the file to save to.
Returns
true on success, false on error
source
ArchGDAL.setparam! — Function
setparam!(styletool::StyleTool, id::Integer, value)
Set Style Tool parameter value.
Parameters
  • styletool: handle to the style tool.
  • id: the parameter id from the enumeration corresponding to the type of this       style tool (one of the OGRSTPenParam, OGRSTBrushParam, OGRSTSymbolParam       or OGRSTLabelParam enumerations)
  • value: the new parameter value, can be an Integer, Float64, or AbstactString
source
ArchGDAL.setunit! — Method
setunit!(styletool::StyleTool, newunit::OGRSTUnitId, scale::Real)
Set Style Tool units.
Parameters
  • styletool: handle to the style tool.
  • newunit: the new unit.
  • scale: ground to paper scale factor.
source
ArchGDAL.toRGBA — Method
toRGBA(styletool::StyleTool, color::AbstractString)
Return the r,g,b,a components of a color encoded in #RRGGBB[AA] format.
Parameters
  • styletool: handle to the style tool.
  • pszColor: the color to parse
Returns
(R,G,B,A) tuple of Cints.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_createstylemanager — Function
unsafe_createstylemanager(styletable = C_NULL)
OGRStyleMgr factory.
Parameters
  • styletable: OGRStyleTable or NULL if not working with a style table.
Returns
an handle to the new style manager object.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_createstyletool — Method
unsafe_createstyletool(classid::OGRSTClassId)
OGRStyleTool factory.
Parameters
  • classid: subclass of style tool to create. One of OGRSTCPen (1),            OGRSTCBrush (2), OGRSTCSymbol (3) or OGRSTCLabel (4).
Returns
an handle to the new style tool object or NULL if the creation failed.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_getpart — Function
unsafe_getpart(stylemanager::StyleManager, id::Integer,
-    stylestring = C_NULL)
Fetch a part (style tool) from the current style.
Parameters
  • stylemanager: handle to the style manager.
  • id: the part number (0-based index).
  • stylestring: (optional) the style string on which to operate. If not   provided, then the current style string stored in the style manager is used.
Returns
OGRStyleToolH of the requested part (style tools) or NULL on error.
source
ArchGDAL.addfielddefn! — Method
addfielddefn!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, name, etype::OGRFieldType;
-    <keyword arguments>)
Create a new field on a layer.
This function should not be called while there are feature objects in existence that were obtained or created with the previous layer definition.
Not all drivers support this function. You can query a layer to check if it supports it with the OLCCreateField capability. Some drivers may only support this method while there are still no features in the layer. When it is supported, the existing features of the backing file/database should be updated accordingly.
Drivers may or may not support not-null constraints. If they support creating fields with not-null constraints, this is generally before creating any feature to the layer.
Parameters
  • layer:  the layer to write the field definition.
  • name:   name of the field definition to write to disk.
  • etype:  type of the field definition to write to disk.
Keyword arguments
  • nwidth:     the preferred formatting width. 0 (default) indicates undefined.
  • nprecision: number of decimals for formatting. 0 (default) for undefined.
  • justify:    the formatting justification ([OJUndefined], OJLeft or OJRight)
  • approx:     If true (default false), the field may be created in a               slightly different form depending on the limitations of the               format driver.
source
ArchGDAL.writegeomdefn! — Method
writegeomdefn!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, name, etype::OGRwkbGeometryType,
-    approx=false)
Write a new geometry field on a layer.
This function should not be called while there are feature objects in existence that were obtained or created with the previous layer definition.
Not all drivers support this function. You can query a layer to check if it supports it with the OLCCreateField capability. Some drivers may only support this method while there are still no features in the layer. When it is supported, the existing features of the backing file/database should be updated accordingly.
Drivers may or may not support not-null constraints. If they support creating fields with not-null constraints, this is generally before creating any feature to the layer.
Parameters
  • layer:  the layer to write the field definition.
  • name:   name of the field definition to write to disk.
  • etype:  type of the geometry field defintion to write to disk.
Keyword arguments
  • approx: If true (default false), the geometry field may be created in a           slightly different form depending on the limitations of the driver.
source
Tables Interface
Raster Data
ArchGDAL.RasterDataset — Type
RasterDataset(dataset::AbstractDataset)
This data structure is returned by the ArchGDAL.readraster function and is a wrapper for a GDAL dataset. This wrapper is to signal the user that the dataset should be treated as a 3D AbstractArray where the first two dimensions correspond to longitude and latitude and the third dimension corresponds to different raster bands.
As it is a wrapper around a GDAL Dataset, it supports the usual raster methods for a GDAL Dataset such as getgeotransform, nraster, getband, getproj, width, and height. As it is also a subtype of AbstractDiskArray{T,3}, it supports the following additional methods: readblock!, writeblock!, eachchunk, haschunks, etc. This satisfies the DiskArray interface, allowing us to be able to index into it like we would an array.
Constructing a RasterDataset will error if the raster bands do not have all the same size and a common element data type.
source
ArchGDAL._common_size — Method
_common_size(ds::AbstractDataset)
Determines the size of the raster bands in a dataset and errors if the sizes are not unique.
source
ArchGDAL.readraster — Method
readraster(s::String; kwargs...)
Opens a GDAL raster dataset. The difference to ArchGDAL.read is that this function returns a RasterDataset, which is a subtype of AbstractDiskArray{T,3}, so that users can operate on the array using direct indexing.
source
ArchGDAL.getcolorentryasrgb — Method
getcolorentryasrgb(ct::ColorTable, i::Integer)
Fetch a table entry in RGB format.
In theory this method should support translation of color palettes in non-RGB color spaces into RGB on the fly, but currently it only works on RGB color tables.
Parameters
  • i   entry offset from zero to GetColorEntryCount()-1.
Returns
true on success, or false if the conversion isn't supported.
source
ArchGDAL.paletteinterp — Method
paletteinterp(ct::ColorTable)
Fetch palette interpretation.
Returns
palette interpretation enumeration value, usually GPI_RGB.
source
ArchGDAL.setcolorentry! — Method
setcolorentry!(ct::ColorTable, i::Integer, entry::GDAL.GDALColorEntry)
Set entry in color table.
Note that the passed in color entry is copied, and no internal reference to it is maintained. Also, the passed in entry must match the color interpretation of the table to which it is being assigned.
The table is grown as needed to hold the supplied offset.
Parameters
  • i     entry offset from 0 to ncolorentry()-1.
  • entry value to assign to table.
source
ArchGDAL.asdouble — Method
asdouble(rat::RasterAttrTable, row::Integer, col::Integer)
Fetch field value as a double.
The value of the requested column in the requested row is returned as a double. Non double fields will be converted to double with the possibility of data loss.
Parameters
  • row  row to fetch (zero based).
  • col  column to fetch (zero based).
source
ArchGDAL.asint — Method
asint(rat::RasterAttrTable, row::Integer, col::Integer)
Fetch field value as a integer.
The value of the requested column in the requested row is returned as an int. Non-integer fields will be converted to int with the possibility of data loss.
Parameters
  • row  row to fetch (zero based).
  • col  column to fetch (zero based).
source
ArchGDAL.asstring — Method
asstring(rat::RasterAttrTable, row::Integer, col::Integer)
Fetch field value as a string.
The value of the requested column in the requested row is returned as a string. If the field is numeric, it is formatted as a string using default rules, so some precision may be lost.
Parameters
  • row  row to fetch (zero based).
  • col  column to fetch (zero based).
source
ArchGDAL.attributeio! — Function
attributeio!(rat::RasterAttrTable, access::GDALRWFlag, col, startrow, nrows,
-    data::Vector)
Read or Write a block of data to/from the Attribute Table.
Parameters
  • access      Either GF_Read or GF_Write
  • col         Column of the Attribute Table
  • startrow    Row to start reading/writing (zero based)
  • nrows       Number of rows to read or write
  • data        Vector of Float64, Int32 or AbstractString to read/write. Should               be at least nrows long.
source
ArchGDAL.changesarewrittentofile — Method
changesarewrittentofile(rat::RasterAttrTable)
Determine whether changes made to this RAT are reflected directly in the dataset
If this returns false then RasterBand.SetDefaultRAT() should be called. Otherwise this is unnecessary since changes to this object are reflected in the dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.columnname — Method
columnname(rat::RasterAttrTable, i::Integer)
Fetch name of indicated column.
Parameters
  • i  the column index (zero based).
Returns
the column name or an empty string for invalid column numbers.
source
ArchGDAL.columntype — Method
columntype(rat::RasterAttrTable, i::Integer)
Fetch column type.
Parameters
  • col  the column index (zero based).
Returns
column type or GFT_Integer if the column index is illegal.
source
ArchGDAL.createcolumn! — Method
createcolumn!(rat::RasterAttrTable, name, fieldtype::GDALRATFieldType,
-    fieldusage::GDALRATFieldUsage)
Create new column.
If the table already has rows, all row values for the new column will be initialized to the default value ("", or zero). The new column is always created as the last column, can will be column (field) "GetColumnCount()-1" after CreateColumn() has completed successfully.
source
ArchGDAL.findcolumnindex — Method
findcolumnindex(rat::RasterAttrTable, usage::GDALRATFieldUsage)
Returns the index of the first column of the requested usage type, or -1 if no match is found.
Parameters
  • usage  usage type to search for.
source
ArchGDAL.findrowindex — Method
findrowindex(rat::RasterAttrTable, pxvalue::Real)
Get row for pixel value.
Given a raw pixel value, the raster attribute table is scanned to determine which row in the table applies to the pixel value. The row index is returned.
Parameters
  • pxvalue the pixel value.
Returns
The row index or -1 if no row is appropriate.
source
ArchGDAL.getlinearbinning — Method
getlinearbinning(rat::RasterAttrTable)
Get linear binning information.
Returns
  • row0min the lower bound (pixel value) of the first category.
  • binsize the width of each category (in pixel value units).
source
ArchGDAL.initializeRAT! — Method
initializeRAT!(rat::RasterAttrTable, colortable::ColorTable)
Initialize from color table.
This method will setup a whole raster attribute table based on the contents of the passed color table. The Value (GFUMinMax), Red (GFURed), Green (GFUGreen), Blue (GFUBlue), and Alpha (GFU_Alpha) fields are created, and a row is set for each entry in the color table.
The raster attribute table must be empty before calling initializeRAT!().
The Value fields are set based on the implicit assumption with color tables that entry 0 applies to pixel value 0, 1 to 1, etc.
source
ArchGDAL.setlinearbinning! — Method
setlinearbinning!(rat::RasterAttrTable, row0min::Real, binsize::Real)
Set linear binning information.
For RATs with equal sized categories (in pixel value space) that are evenly spaced, this method may be used to associate the linear binning information with the table.
Parameters
  • row0min the lower bound (pixel value) of the first category.
  • binsize the width of each category (in pixel value units).
source
ArchGDAL.setrowcount! — Method
setrowcount!(rat::RasterAttrTable, n::Integer)
Set row count.
Resizes the table to include the indicated number of rows. Newly created rows will be initialized to their default values - "" for strings, and zero for numeric fields.
source
ArchGDAL.setvalue! — Function
setvalue!(rat::RasterAttrTable, row, col, val)
Set field value from string.
The indicated field (column) on the indicated row is set from the passed value. The value will be automatically converted for other field types, with a possible loss of precision.
Parameters
  • row  row to fetch (zero based).
  • col  column to fetch (zero based).
  • val  the value to assign, can be an AbstractString, Integer or Float64.
source
ArchGDAL.toColorTable — Function
toColorTable(rat::RasterAttrTable, n::Integer = -1)
Translate to a color table.
Parameters
  • n The number of entries to produce (0 to n-1), or -1 to auto-determine   the number of entries.
Returns
the generated color table or NULL on failure.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_clone — Method
unsafe_clone(rat::RasterAttrTable)
Copy Raster Attribute Table.
Creates a new copy of an existing raster attribute table. The new copy becomes the responsibility of the caller to destroy. May fail (return NULL) if the attribute table is too large to clone:     (nrow() * ncolumn() > RAT_MAX_ELEM_FOR_CLONE)
source
ArchGDAL.accessflag — Method
accessflag(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Return the access flag (e.g. OF_READONLY or OF_UPDATE) for this band.
source
ArchGDAL.blocksize — Method
blocksize(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Fetch the "natural" block size of this band.
GDAL contains a concept of the natural block size of rasters so that applications can organized data access efficiently for some file formats. The natural block size is the block size that is most efficient for accessing the format. For many formats this is simple a whole scanline in which case *pnXSize is set to GetXSize(), and *pnYSize is set to 1.
However, for tiled images this will typically be the tile size.
Note that the X and Y block sizes don't have to divide the image size evenly, meaning that right and bottom edge blocks may be incomplete. See ReadBlock() for an example of code dealing with these issues.
source
ArchGDAL.copywholeraster! — Method
copywholeraster!( source::AbstractRasterBand, dest::AbstractRasterBand;
-    [options, [progressfunc]])
Copy all raster band raster data.
This function copies the complete raster contents of one band to another similarly configured band. The source and destination bands must have the same width and height. The bands do not have to have the same data type.
It implements efficient copying, in particular "chunking" the copy in substantial blocks.
Currently the only options value supported is : "COMPRESSED=YES" to force alignment on target dataset block sizes to achieve best compression. More options may be supported in the future.
Parameters
  • source        the source band
  • dest          the destination band
  • options       transfer hints in "StringList" Name=Value format.
  • progressfunc  a function(::Float64, ::String)::Bool to call to report progress
source
ArchGDAL.createmaskband! — Method
createmaskband!(band::AbstractRasterBand, nflags::Integer)
Adds a mask band to the current band.
The default implementation of the CreateMaskBand() method is implemented based on similar rules to the .ovr handling implemented using the GDALDefaultOverviews object. A TIFF file with the extension .msk will be created with the same basename as the original file, and it will have as many bands as the original image (or just one for GMF_PER_DATASET). The mask images will be deflate compressed tiled images with the same block size as the original image if possible.
If you got a mask band with a previous call to GetMaskBand(), it might be invalidated by CreateMaskBand(). So you have to call GetMaskBand() again.
See also: http://trac.osgeo.org/gdal/wiki/rfc15_nodatabitmask
source
ArchGDAL.fillraster! — Method
fillraster!(band::AbstractRasterBand, realvalue::Real, imagvalue::Real = 0)
Fill this band with a constant value.
GDAL makes no guarantees about what values pixels in newly created files are set to, so this method can be used to clear a band to a specified "default" value. The fill value is passed in as a double but this will be converted to the underlying type before writing to the file. An optional second argument allows the imaginary component of a complex constant value to be specified.
Parameters
  • realvalue: Real component of fill value
  • imagvalue: Imaginary component of fill value, defaults to zero
source
ArchGDAL.getcategorynames — Method
getcategorynames(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Fetch the list of category names for this raster.
The return list is a "StringList" in the sense of the CPL functions. That is a NULL terminated array of strings. Raster values without associated names will have an empty string in the returned list. The first entry in the list is for raster values of zero, and so on.
source
ArchGDAL.getdataset — Method
getdataset(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Fetch the handle to its dataset handle, or NULL if this cannot be determined.
Note that some RasterBands are not considered to be a part of a dataset, such as overviews or other "freestanding" bands.
source
ArchGDAL.getdefaultRAT — Method
getdefaultRAT(band::AbstractRasterBand)
A RAT will be returned if there is a default one associated with the band, otherwise NULL is returned. The returned RAT is owned by the band and should not be deleted by the application.
source
ArchGDAL.getmaskband — Method
getmaskband(band::IRasterBand)
Return the mask band associated with the band.
The RasterBand class includes a default implementation of GetMaskBand() that returns one of four default implementations:
  • If a corresponding .msk file exists it will be used for the mask band.
  • If the dataset has a NODATA_VALUES metadata item, an instance of the new
GDALNoDataValuesMaskBand class will be returned. GetMaskFlags() will return GMF_NODATA | GMF_PER_DATASET.
  • If the band has a nodata value set, an instance of the new
GDALNodataMaskRasterBand class will be returned. GetMaskFlags() will return GMF_NODATA.
  • If there is no nodata value, but the dataset has an alpha band that seems to
apply to this band (specific rules yet to be determined) and that is of type GDT_Byte then that alpha band will be returned, and the flags GMF_PER_DATASET and GMF_ALPHA will be returned in the flags.
  • If neither of the above apply, an instance of the new
GDALAllValidRasterBand class will be returned that has 255 values for all pixels. The null flags will return GMF_ALL_VALID.
Note that the GetMaskBand() should always return a RasterBand mask, even if it is only an all 255 mask with the flags indicating GMF_ALL_VALID.
See also: http://trac.osgeo.org/gdal/wiki/rfc15_nodatabitmask
Returns
a valid mask band.
source
ArchGDAL.getnodatavalue — Method
getnodatavalue(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Fetch the no data value for this band.
If there is no out of data value, nothing will be returned instead. The no data value for a band is generally a special marker value used to mark pixels that are not valid data. Such pixels should generally not be displayed, nor contribute to analysis operations.
Returns
the nodata value for this band or nothing.
source
ArchGDAL.getoffset — Method
getoffset(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Fetch the raster value offset.
This (in combination with GetScale()) is used to transform raw pixel values into the units returned by GetUnits(). For e.g. this might be used to store elevations in GUInt16 bands with a precision of 0.1, starting from -100.
Units value = (raw value * scale) + offset
For file formats that don't know this intrinsically, a value of 0 is returned.
source
ArchGDAL.getscale — Method
getscale(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Fetch the raster value scale.
This value (in combination with the GetOffset() value) is used to transform raw pixel values into the units returned by GetUnits(). For example this might be used to store elevations in GUInt16 bands with a precision of 0.1, and starting from -100.
Units value = (raw value * scale) + offset
For file formats that don't know this intrinsically a value of one is returned.
source
ArchGDAL.getunittype — Method
getunittype(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Return a name for the units of this raster's values. For instance, it might be "m" for an elevation model in meters, or "ft" for feet.
source
ArchGDAL.indexof — Method
indexof(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Fetch the band number (1+) within its dataset, or 0 if unknown.
This method may return a value of 0 to indicate overviews, or free-standing RasterBand objects without a relationship to a dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.maskflaginfo — Method
maskflaginfo(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Returns the flags as in maskflags(@ref) but unpacks the bit values into a named tuple with the following fields:
  • all_valid
  • per_dataset
  • alpha
  • nodata
Returns
A named tuple with unpacked mask flags
source
ArchGDAL.maskflags — Method
maskflags(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Return the status flags of the mask band associated with the band.
The GetMaskFlags() method returns an bitwise OR-ed set of status flags with the following available definitions that may be extended in the future:
  • GMF_ALL_VALID (0x01):    There are no invalid pixels, all mask values
will be 255. When used this will normally be the only flag set.
  • GMF_PER_DATASET (0x02):  The mask band is shared between all bands on
the dataset.
  • GMF_ALPHA (0x04):        The mask band is actually an alpha band and may
have values other than 0 and 255.
  • GMF_NODATA (0x08):       Indicates the mask is actually being generated
from nodata values. (mutually exclusive of GMF_ALPHA)
The RasterBand class includes a default implementation of GetMaskBand() that returns one of four default implementations:
  • If a corresponding .msk file exists it will be used for the mask band.
  • If the dataset has a NODATA_VALUES metadata item, an instance of the new
GDALNoDataValuesMaskBand class will be returned. GetMaskFlags() will return GMF_NODATA | GMF_PER_DATASET.
  • If the band has a nodata value set, an instance of the new
GDALNodataMaskRasterBand class will be returned. GetMaskFlags() will return GMF_NODATA.
  • If there is no nodata value, but the dataset has an alpha band that seems to
apply to this band (specific rules yet to be determined) and that is of type GDT_Byte then that alpha band will be returned, and the flags GMF_PER_DATASET and GMF_ALPHA will be returned in the flags.
  • If neither of the above apply, an instance of the new GDALAllValidRasterBand
class will be returned that has 255 values for all pixels. The null flags will return GMF_ALL_VALID.
See also: http://trac.osgeo.org/gdal/wiki/rfc15_nodatabitmask
Returns
a valid mask band.
source
ArchGDAL.noverview — Method
noverview(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Return the number of overview layers available, zero if none.
source
ArchGDAL.regenerateoverviews! — Method
regenerateoverviews!(band::AbstractRasterBand,
-    overviewbands::Vector{<:AbstractRasterBand}, resampling = "NEAREST")
Generate downsampled overviews.
This function will generate one or more overview images from a base image using the requested downsampling algorithm. Its primary use is for generating overviews via BuildOverviews(), but it can also be used to generate downsampled images in one file from another outside the overview architecture.
Parameters
  • band              the source (base level) band.
  • overviewbands   the list of downsampled bands to be generated.
Keyword Arguments
  • resampling      (optional) Resampling algorithm (eg. "AVERAGE"). default to                   "NEAREST".
  • progressfunc    (optional) a function(::Float64, ::String)::Bool to call to report progress
Additional Remarks
The output bands need to exist in advance.
This function will honour properly NODATA_VALUES tuples (special dataset metadata) so that only a given RGB triplet (in case of a RGB image) will be considered as the nodata value and not each value of the triplet independantly per band.
source
ArchGDAL.sampleoverview — Method
sampleoverview(band::IRasterBand, nsamples::Integer)
Fetch best overview satisfying nsamples number of samples.
Returns the most reduced overview of the given band that still satisfies the desired number of samples nsamples. This function can be used with zero as the number of desired samples to fetch the most reduced overview. The same band as was passed in will be returned if it has not overviews, or if none of the overviews have enough samples.
source
ArchGDAL.setcolortable! — Method
setcolortable!(band::AbstractRasterBand, colortable::ColorTable)
Set the raster color table.
The driver will make a copy of all desired data in the colortable. It remains owned by the caller after the call.
Parameters
  • colortable color table to apply (where supported).
source
ArchGDAL.setdefaultRAT! — Method
setdefaultRAT!(band::AbstractRasterBand, rat::RasterAttrTable)
Set default Raster Attribute Table.
Associates a default RAT with the band. If not implemented for the format a CPLE_NotSupported error will be issued. If successful a copy of the RAT is made, the original remains owned by the caller.
source
ArchGDAL.setunittype! — Method
setunittype!(band::AbstractRasterBand, unitstring::AbstractString)
Set unit type of band to unittype.
Values should be one of "" (the default indicating it is unknown), "m" indicating meters, or "ft" indicating feet, though other nonstandard values are allowed.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_getcolortable — Method
unsafe_getcolortable(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Returns a clone of the color table associated with the band.
(If there is no associated color table, the original result is NULL. The original color table remains owned by the RasterBand, and can't be depended on for long, nor should it ever be modified by the caller.)
source
ArchGDAL.width — Method
width(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Fetch the width in pixels of this band.
source
ArchGDAL.rasterio! — Function
rasterio!(dataset::AbstractDataset, buffer::AbstractArray{<:Any, 3},
+    forgiving::Bool = false)
Set one feature from another.
Parameters
  • feature1: handle to the feature to set to.
  • feature2: handle to the feature from which geometry, and field values   will be copied.
  • indices: indices of the destination feature's fields stored at the   corresponding index of the source feature's fields. A value of -1 should   be used to ignore the source's field. The array should not be NULL and be   as long as the number of fields in the source feature.
  • forgiving: true if the operation should continue despite lacking output   fields matching some of the source fields.
Returns
OGRERR_NONE if the operation succeeds, even if some values are not transferred, otherwise an error code.
source
ArchGDAL.setgeom! — Method
setgeom!(feature::AbstractFeature, geom::AbstractGeometry)
Set feature geometry.
This method updates the features geometry, and operate exactly as SetGeometryDirectly(), except that this method does not assume ownership of the passed geometry, but instead makes a copy of it.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature on which new geometry is applied to.
  • geom: the new geometry to apply to feature.
Returns
OGRERR_NONE if successful, or OGR_UNSUPPORTED_GEOMETRY_TYPE if the geometry type is illegal for the OGRFeatureDefn (checking not yet implemented).
source
ArchGDAL.setgeom! — Method
setgeom!(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer, geom::AbstractGeometry)
Set feature geometry of a specified geometry field.
This function updates the features geometry, and operate exactly as SetGeometryDirectly(), except that this function does not assume ownership of the passed geometry, but instead makes a copy of it.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature on which to apply the geometry.
  • i: geometry field to set.
  • geom: the new geometry to apply to feature.
Returns
OGRERR_NONE if successful, or OGR_UNSUPPORTED_GEOMETRY_TYPE if the geometry type is illegal for the OGRFeatureDefn (checking not yet implemented).
source
ArchGDAL.setmediatype! — Method
setmediatype!(feature::AbstractFeature, mediatype::AbstractString)
Sets the native media type for the feature.
The native media type is the identifier for the format of the native data. It follows the IANA RFC 2045 (see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Media_type), e.g. "application/vnd.geo+json" for JSON.
source
ArchGDAL.setnativedata! — Method
setnativedata!(feature::AbstractFeature, data::AbstractString)
Sets the native data for the feature.
The native data is the representation in a "natural" form that comes from the driver that created this feature, or that is aimed at an output driver. The native data may be in different format, which is indicated by GetNativeMediaType().
source
ArchGDAL.setstylestring! — Method
setstylestring!(feature::AbstractFeature, style::AbstractString)
Set feature style string.
This method operate exactly as setstylestringdirectly!() except that it doesn't assume ownership of the passed string, but makes a copy of it.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_clone — Method
unsafe_clone(feature::AbstractFeature)
Duplicate feature.
The newly created feature is owned by the caller, and will have its own reference to the OGRFeatureDefn.
source
ArchGDAL.unsetfield! — Method
unsetfield!(feature::AbstractFeature, i::Integer)
Clear a field, marking it as unset.
Parameters
  • feature: the feature that owned the field.
  • i: the field to fetch, from 0 to GetFieldCount()-1.
source
ArchGDAL.validate — Method
validate(feature::AbstractFeature, flags::Integer, emiterror::Bool)
Validate that a feature meets constraints of its schema.
The scope of test is specified with the nValidateFlags parameter.
Regarding OGR_F_VAL_WIDTH, the test is done assuming the string width must be interpreted as the number of UTF-8 characters. Some drivers might interpret the width as the number of bytes instead. So this test is rather conservative (if it fails, then it will fail for all interpretations).
Parameters
  • feature: handle to the feature to validate.
  • flags: OGR_F_VAL_ALL or combination of OGR_F_VAL_NULL,   OGR_F_VAL_GEOM_TYPE, OGR_F_VAL_WIDTH and   OGR_F_VAL_ALLOW_NULL_WHEN_DEFAULT with | operator
  • emiterror: true if a CPLError() must be emitted when a check fails
Returns
true if all enabled validation tests pass.
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc53ogrnotnull_default.html
source
Base.keys — Method
keys(feature::AbstractFeature)
Fetch the keys or names on this feature.
source
Base.values — Method
values(feature::AbstractFeature)
Fetch the values this feature.
source
ArchGDAL.addfielddefn! — Method
addfielddefn!(featuredefn::FeatureDefn, fielddefn::FieldDefn)
Add a new field definition to the passed feature definition.
To add a new field definition to a layer definition, do not use this function directly, but use OGRLCreateField() instead.
This function should only be called while there are no OGRFeature objects in existence based on this OGRFeatureDefn. The OGRFieldDefn passed in is copied, and remains the responsibility of the caller.
source
ArchGDAL.addgeomdefn! — Method
addgeomdefn!(featuredefn::FeatureDefn, geomfielddefn::AbstractGeomFieldDefn)
Add a new field definition to the passed feature definition.
To add a new geometry field definition to a layer definition, do not use this function directly, but use OGRLayer::CreateGeomField() instead.
This method does an internal copy of the passed geometry field definition, unless bCopy is set to false (in which case it takes ownership of the field definition.
This method should only be called while there are no OGRFeature objects in existence based on this OGRFeatureDefn.
source
ArchGDAL.deletefielddefn! — Method
deletefielddefn!(featuredefn::FeatureDefn, i::Integer)
Delete an existing field definition.
To delete an existing field definition from a layer definition, do not use this function directly, but use OGR_L_DeleteField() instead.
This method should only be called while there are no OGRFeature objects in existence based on this OGRFeatureDefn.
source
ArchGDAL.deletegeomdefn! — Method
deletegeomdefn!(featuredefn::FeatureDefn, i::Integer)
Delete an existing geometry field definition.
To delete an existing field definition from a layer definition, do not use this function directly, but use OGRLayer::DeleteGeomField() instead.
This method should only be called while there are no OGRFeature objects in existence based on this OGRFeatureDefn.
source
ArchGDAL.dereference — Method
dereference(featuredefn::FeatureDefn)
Decrements the reference count by one, and returns the updated count.
source
ArchGDAL.destroy — Method
Destroy a feature definition object and release all memory associated with it
source
ArchGDAL.findfieldindex — Method
findfieldindex(featuredefn::AbstractFeatureDefn,
+    name::Union{AbstractString, Symbol})
Find field by name.
Returns
the field index, or -1 if no match found.
Remarks
This uses the OGRFeatureDefn::GetFieldIndex() method.
source
ArchGDAL.findgeomindex — Function
findgeomindex(featuredefn::AbstractFeatureDefn, name::AbstractString = "")
Find geometry field by name.
The geometry field index of the first geometry field matching the passed field name (case insensitively) is returned.
Returns
the geometry field index, or -1 if no match found.
source
ArchGDAL.getfielddefn — Method
getfielddefn(featuredefn::FeatureDefn, i::Integer)
Fetch field definition of the passed feature definition.
Parameters
  • featuredefn: the feature definition to get the field definition from.
  • i:  index of the field to fetch, between 0 and nfield(featuredefn)-1.
Returns
an handle to an internal field definition object or NULL if invalid index. This object should not be modified or freed by the application.
source
ArchGDAL.getgeomdefn — Function
getgeomdefn(featuredefn::FeatureDefn, i::Integer = 0)
Fetch geometry field definition of the passed feature definition.
Parameters
  • i  geometry field to fetch, between 0 (default) and ngeomfield(fd)-1.
Returns
an internal field definition object or NULL if invalid index. This object should not be modified or freed by the application.
source
ArchGDAL.getgeomtype — Method
getgeomtype(featuredefn::AbstractFeatureDefn)
Fetch the geometry base type of the passed feature definition.
For layers without any geometry field, this method returns wkbNone.
This returns the same result as OGR_FD_GetGeomType(OGR_L_GetLayerDefn(hLayer)) but for a few drivers, calling OGR_L_GetGeomType() directly can avoid lengthy layer definition initialization.
For layers with multiple geometry fields, this method only returns the geometry type of the first geometry column. For other columns, use     OGR_GFld_GetType(OGR_FD_GetGeomFieldDefn(OGR_L_GetLayerDefn(hLayer), i)).
source
ArchGDAL.getname — Method
getname(featuredefn::AbstractFeatureDefn)
Get name of the OGRFeatureDefn passed as an argument.
source
ArchGDAL.isgeomignored — Method
isgeomignored(featuredefn::AbstractFeatureDefn)
Determine whether the geometry can be omitted when fetching features.
source
ArchGDAL.issame — Method
issame(featuredefn1::AbstractFeatureDefn, featuredefn2::AbstractFeatureDefn)
Test if the feature definition is identical to the other one.
source
ArchGDAL.isstyleignored — Method
isstyleignored(featuredefn::AbstractFeatureDefn)
Determine whether the style can be omitted when fetching features.
source
ArchGDAL.nfield — Method
nfield(featuredefn::AbstractFeatureDefn)
Fetch number of fields on the passed feature definition.
source
ArchGDAL.ngeom — Method
ngeom(featuredefn::AbstractFeatureDefn)
Fetch number of geometry fields on the passed feature definition.
source
ArchGDAL.reference — Method
reference(featuredefn::FeatureDefn)
Increments the reference count in the FeatureDefn by one.
The count is used to track the number of Features referencing this definition.
Returns
The updated reference count.
source
ArchGDAL.release — Method
release(featuredefn::FeatureDefn)
Drop a reference, and destroy if unreferenced.
source
ArchGDAL.reorderfielddefns! — Method
reorderfielddefns!(featuredefn::FeatureDefn, indices::Vector{Cint})
Reorder the field definitions in the array of the feature definition.
To reorder the field definitions in a layer definition, do not use this function directly, but use OGR_L_ReorderFields() instead.
This method should only be called while there are no OGRFeature objects in existence based on this OGRFeatureDefn.
Parameters
  • fd: handle to the feature definition.
  • indices: an array of GetFieldCount() elements which is a permutation of   [0, GetFieldCount()-1]. indices is such that, for each field definition   at position i after reordering, its position before reordering was   indices[i].
source
ArchGDAL.setgeomignored! — Method
setgeomignored!(featuredefn::FeatureDefn, ignore::Bool)
Set whether the geometry can be omitted when fetching features.
source
ArchGDAL.setgeomtype! — Method
setgeomtype!(featuredefn::FeatureDefn, etype::OGRwkbGeometryType)
Assign the base geometry type for the passed layer (same as the fd).
All geometry objects using this type must be of the defined type or a derived type. The default upon creation is wkbUnknown which allows for any geometry type. The geometry type should generally not be changed after any OGRFeatures have been created against this definition.
source
ArchGDAL.setstyleignored! — Method
setstyleignored!(featuredefn::FeatureDefn, ignore::Bool)
Set whether the style can be omitted when fetching features.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_createfeature — Method
unsafe_createfeature(featuredefn::AbstractFeatureDefn)
Returns the new feature object with null fields and no geometry
Note that the OGRFeature will increment the reference count of it's defining OGRFeatureDefn. Destruction of the OGRFeatureDefn before destruction of all OGRFeatures that depend on it is likely to result in a crash.
Starting with GDAL 2.1, returns NULL in case out of memory situation.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_createfeaturedefn — Method
unsafe_createfeaturedefn(name::AbstractString)
Create a new feature definition object to hold field definitions.
The FeatureDefn maintains a reference count, but this starts at zero, and should normally be incremented by the owner.
source
ArchGDAL.addfeature! — Method
addfeature!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, feature::AbstractFeature)
Write a new feature within a layer.
Remarks
The passed feature is written to the layer as a new feature, rather than overwriting an existing one. If the feature has a feature id other than OGRNullFID, then the native implementation may use that as the feature id of the new feature, but not necessarily. Upon successful return the passed feature will have been updated with the new feature id.
source
ArchGDAL.addfielddefn! — Method
addfielddefn!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, field::AbstractFieldDefn,
+    approx = false)
Create a new field on a layer.
Parameters
  • layer:  the layer to write the field definition.
  • field:  the field definition to write to disk.
  • approx: If true, the field may be created in a slightly different form           depending on the limitations of the format driver.
Remarks
You must use this to create new fields on a real layer. Internally the OGRFeatureDefn for the layer will be updated to reflect the new field. Applications should never modify the OGRFeatureDefn used by a layer directly.
This function should not be called while there are feature objects in existence that were obtained or created with the previous layer definition.
Not all drivers support this function. You can query a layer to check if it supports it with the GDAL.OLCCreateField capability. Some drivers may only support this method while there are still no features in the layer. When it is supported, the existing features of the backing file/database should be updated accordingly.
Drivers may or may not support not-null constraints. If they support creating fields with not-null constraints, this is generally before creating any feature to the layer.
source
ArchGDAL.addgeomdefn! — Method
addgeomdefn!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, field::AbstractGeomFieldDefn,
+    approx = false)
Create a new geometry field on a layer.
Parameters
  • layer:  the layer to write the field definition.
  • field:  the geometry field definition to write to disk.
  • approx: If true, the field may be created in a slightly different form           depending on the limitations of the format driver.
Remarks
You must use this to create new geometry fields on a real layer. Internally the OGRFeatureDefn for the layer will be updated to reflect the new field. Applications should never modify the OGRFeatureDefn used by a layer directly.
This function should not be called while there are feature objects in existence that were obtained or created with the previous layer definition.
Not all drivers support this function. You can query a layer to check if it supports it with the GDAL.OLCCreateGeomField capability. Some drivers may only support this method while there are still no features in the layer. When it is supported, the existing features of the backing file/database should be updated accordingly.
Drivers may or may not support not-null constraints. If they support creating fields with not-null constraints, this is generally before creating any feature to the layer.
source
ArchGDAL.copy — Method
copy(layer, dataset, name, options)
Copy an existing layer.
This method creates a new layer, duplicate the field definitions of the source layer, and then duplicates each feature of the source layer.
Parameters
  • layer: source layer to be copied.
Keyword Arguments
  • dataset: the dataset handle. (Creates a new dataset in memory by default.)
  • name: the name of the layer to create on the dataset.
  • options: a StringList of name=value (driver-specific) options.
source
ArchGDAL.createlayer — Method
createlayer(name, dataset, geom, spatialref, options)
This function attempts to create a new layer on the dataset with the indicated name, spatialref, and geometry type.
Keyword Arguments
  • name: the name for the new layer. This should ideally not match any   existing layer on the datasource. Defaults to an empty string.
  • dataset: the dataset. Defaults to creating a new in memory dataset.
  • geom: the geometry type for the layer. Use wkbUnknown (default) if   there are no constraints on the types geometry to be written.
  • spatialref: the coordinate system to use for the new layer.
  • options: a StringList of name=value (driver-specific) options.
source
ArchGDAL.deletefeature! — Method
deletefeature!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, i::Integer)
Delete feature with fid i from layer.
Remarks
The feature with the indicated feature id is deleted from the layer if supported by the driver. Most drivers do not support feature deletion, and will return OGRERRUNSUPPORTEDOPERATION. The OGRLTestCapability() function may be called with OLCDeleteFeature to check if the driver supports feature deletion.
source
ArchGDAL.dereference — Method
dereference(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer)
Decrement layer reference count.
Returns
The reference count after decrementing.
source
ArchGDAL.envelope — Function
envelope(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, force::Bool = false)
+envelope(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, i::Integer, force::Bool = false)
Fetch the extent of this layer.
Returns the extent (MBR) of the data in the layer. If force is false, and it would be expensive to establish the extent then OGRERR_FAILURE will be returned indicating that the extent isn't know. If force is true then some implementations will actually scan the entire layer once to compute the MBR of all the features in the layer.
Parameters
  • layer: handle to the layer from which to get extent.
  • i:     (optional) the index of the geometry field to compute the extent.
  • force: Flag indicating whether the extent should be computed even if it is           expensive.
Additional Remarks
Depending on the drivers, the returned extent may or may not take the spatial filter into account. So it is safer to call GetExtent() without setting a spatial filter.
Layers without any geometry may return OGRERR_FAILURE just indicating that no meaningful extents could be collected.
Note that some implementations of this method may alter the read cursor of the layer.
source
ArchGDAL.fidcolumnname — Method
fidcolumnname(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer)
The name of the FID column in the database, or "" if not supported.
source
ArchGDAL.findfieldindex — Method
findfieldindex(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer,
+    field::Union{AbstractString, Symbol}, exactmatch::Bool)
Find the index of the field in a layer, or -1 if the field doesn't exist.
If exactmatch is set to false and the field doesn't exists in the given form the driver might apply some changes to make it match, like those it might do if the layer was created (eg. like LAUNDER in the OCI driver).
source
ArchGDAL.geomcolumnname — Method
geomcolumnname(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer)
The name of the geometry column in the database, or "" if not supported.
source
ArchGDAL.getspatialref — Method
getspatialref(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer)
Returns a clone of the spatial reference system for this layer.
source
ArchGDAL.layerdefn — Method
layerdefn(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer)
Returns a view of the schema information for this layer.
Remarks
The featuredefn is owned by the layer and should not be modified.
source
ArchGDAL.nfeature — Function
nfeature(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, force::Bool = false)
Fetch the feature count in this layer, or -1 if the count is not known.
Parameters
  • layer: handle to the layer that owned the features.
  • force: flag indicating whether the count should be computed even if it is   expensive. (false by default.)
source
ArchGDAL.nfield — Method
nfield(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer)
Fetch number of fields on the feature layer.
source
ArchGDAL.ngeom — Method
ngeom(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer)
Fetch number of geometry fields on the feature layer.
source
ArchGDAL.nreference — Method
nreference(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer)
The current reference count for the layer object itself.
source
ArchGDAL.reference — Method
reference(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer)
Increment layer reference count.
Returns
The reference count after incrementing.
source
ArchGDAL.resetreading! — Method
resetreading!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer)
Reset feature reading to start on the first feature.
This affects nextfeature().
source
ArchGDAL.setattributefilter! — Method
setattributefilter!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, query::AbstractString)
Set a new attribute query.
This method sets the attribute query string to be used when fetching features via the nextfeature() method. Only features for which the query evaluates as true will be returned.
Parameters
  • layer: handle to the layer on which attribute query will be executed.
  • query: query in restricted SQL WHERE format.
Remarks
The query string should be in the format of an SQL WHERE clause. For instance "population > 1000000 and population < 5000000" where population is an attribute in the layer. The query format is normally a restricted form of SQL WHERE clause as described in the "WHERE" section of the OGR SQL tutorial. In some cases (RDBMS backed drivers) the native capabilities of the database may be used to interpret the WHERE clause in which case the capabilities will be broader than those of OGR SQL.
Note that installing a query string will generally result in resetting the current reading position (ala resetreading!()).
source
ArchGDAL.setfeature! — Method
setfeature!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, feature::AbstractFeature)
Rewrite an existing feature.
This function will write a feature to the layer, based on the feature id within the OGRFeature.
Remarks
Use OGRLTestCapability(OLCRandomWrite) to establish if this layer supports random access writing via OGRLSetFeature().
source
ArchGDAL.setignoredfields! — Method
setignoredfields!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, fieldnames)
Set which fields can be omitted when retrieving features from the layer.
Parameters
  • fieldnames: an array of field names terminated by NULL item. If NULL is
passed, the ignored list is cleared.
Remarks
If the driver supports this functionality (testable using OLCIgnoreFields capability), it will not fetch the specified fields in subsequent calls to GetFeature()/nextfeature() and thus save some processing time and/or bandwidth.
Besides field names of the layers, the following special fields can be passed: "OGR_GEOMETRY" to ignore geometry and "OGR_STYLE" to ignore layer style.
By default, no fields are ignored.
source
ArchGDAL.setnextbyindex! — Method
setnextbyindex!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, i::Integer)
Move read cursor to the i-th feature in the current resultset.
This method allows positioning of a layer such that the nextfeature() call will read the requested feature, where i is an absolute index into the current result set. So, setting it to 3 would mean the next feature read with nextfeature() would have been the fourth feature to have been read if sequential reading took place from the beginning of the layer, including accounting for spatial and attribute filters.
Parameters
  • layer: handle to the layer
  • i: the index indicating how many steps into the result set to seek.
Remarks
Only in rare circumstances is setnextbyindex!() efficiently implemented. In all other cases the default implementation which calls resetreading!() and then calls nextfeature() i times is used. To determine if fast seeking is available on the layer, use the testcapability() method with a value of OLCFastSetNextByIndex.
source
ArchGDAL.setspatialfilter! — Method
setspatialfilter!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, geom::AbstractGeometry)
Set a new spatial filter for the layer, using the geom.
This method set the geometry to be used as a spatial filter when fetching features via the nextfeature() method. Only features that geometrically intersect the filter geometry will be returned.
Parameters
  • layer  handle to the layer on which to set the spatial filter.
  • geom   handle to the geometry to use as a filtering region. NULL may be          passed indicating that the current spatial filter should be cleared,          but no new one instituted.
Remarks
Currently this test may be inaccurately implemented, but it is guaranteed that all features whose envelope (as returned by OGRGeometry::getEnvelope()) overlaps the envelope of the spatial filter will be returned. This can result in more shapes being returned that should strictly be the case.
For the time being the passed filter geometry should be in the same SRS as the geometry field definition it corresponds to (as returned by GetLayerDefn()->OGRFeatureDefn::GetGeomFieldDefn(i)->GetSpatialRef()). In the future this may be generalized.
Note that only the last spatial filter set is applied, even if several successive calls are done with different iGeomField values.
source
ArchGDAL.setspatialfilter! — Method
setspatialfilter!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, i::Integer,
+    geom::AbstractGeometry)
Set a new spatial filter.
This method set the geometry to be used as a spatial filter when fetching features via the nextfeature() method. Only features that geometrically intersect the filter geometry will be returned.
Parameters
  • layer: the layer on which to set the spatial filter.
  • i: index of the geometry field on which the spatial filter operates.
  • geom: the geometry to use as a filtering region. NULL may be passed   indicating that the current spatial filter should be cleared, but   no new one instituted.
Remarks
Currently this test is may be inaccurately implemented, but it is guaranteed that all features who's envelope (as returned by OGRGeometry::getEnvelope()) overlaps the envelope of the spatial filter will be returned. This can result in more shapes being returned that should strictly be the case.
For the time being the passed filter geometry should be in the same SRS as the layer (as returned by OGRLayer::GetSpatialRef()). In the future this may be generalized.
source
ArchGDAL.setspatialfilter! — Method
setspatialfilter!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, i::Integer, xmin, ymin, xmax,
+    ymax)
Set a new rectangular spatial filter.
Parameters
  • layer: the feature layer on which to set the spatial filter.
  • i: index of the geometry field on which the spatial filter operates.
  • xmin: the minimum X coordinate for the rectangular region.
  • ymin: the minimum Y coordinate for the rectangular region.
  • xmax: the maximum X coordinate for the rectangular region.
  • ymax: the maximum Y coordinate for the rectangular region.
source
ArchGDAL.setspatialfilter! — Method
setspatialfilter!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, xmin, ymin, xmax, ymax)
Set a new rectangular spatial filter for the layer.
This method set rectangle to be used as a spatial filter when fetching features via the nextfeature() method. Only features that geometrically intersect the given rectangle will be returned.
The x/y values should be in the same coordinate system as the layer as a whole (as returned by OGRLayer::GetSpatialRef()). Internally this method is normally implemented as creating a 5 vertex closed rectangular polygon and passing it to OGRLayer::SetSpatialFilter(). It exists as a convenience.
The only way to clear a spatial filter set with this method is to call OGRLayer::SetSpatialFilter(NULL).
source
ArchGDAL.testcapability — Method
testcapability(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, capability::AbstractString)
Test if this layer supported the named capability.
Parameters
  • capability  the name of the capability to test.
Returns
true if the layer has the requested capability, false otherwise. It will return false for any unrecognized capabilities.
Additional Remarks
The capability codes that can be tested are represented as strings, but #defined constants exists to ensure correct spelling. Specific layer types may implement class specific capabilities, but this can't generally be discovered by the caller.
  • OLCRandomRead / "RandomRead": true if the GetFeature() method is   implemented in an optimized way for this layer, as opposed to the default   implementation using resetreading!() and nextfeature() to find the   requested feature id.
  • OLCSequentialWrite / "SequentialWrite": true if the CreateFeature()   method works for this layer. Note this means that this particular layer is   writable. The same OGRLayer class may returned false for other layer   instances that are effectively read-only.
  • OLCRandomWrite / "RandomWrite": true if the SetFeature() method is   operational on this layer. Note this means that this particular layer is   writable. The same OGRLayer class may returned false for other layer   instances that are effectively read-only.
  • OLCFastSpatialFilter / "FastSpatialFilter": true if this layer   implements spatial filtering efficiently. Layers that effectively read all   features, and test them with the OGRFeature intersection methods should   return false. This can be used as a clue by the application whether it   should build and maintain its own spatial index for features in this layer.
  • OLCFastFeatureCount / "FastFeatureCount": true if this layer can return   a feature count (via GetFeatureCount()) efficiently. i.e. without counting   the features. In some cases this will return true until a spatial filter   is installed after which it will return false.
  • OLCFastGetExtent / "FastGetExtent": true if this layer can return its   data extent (via GetExtent()) efficiently, i.e. without scanning all the   features. In some cases this will return true until a spatial filter is   installed after which it will return false.
  • OLCFastSetNextByIndex / "FastSetNextByIndex": true if this layer can   perform the SetNextByIndex() call efficiently, otherwise false.
  • OLCCreateField / "CreateField": true if this layer can create new fields   on the current layer using CreateField(), otherwise false.
  • OLCCreateGeomField / "CreateGeomField": (GDAL >= 1.11) true if this   layer can create new geometry fields on the current layer using   CreateGeomField(), otherwise false.
  • OLCDeleteField / "DeleteField": true if this layer can delete existing   fields on the current layer using DeleteField(), otherwise false.
  • OLCReorderFields / "ReorderFields": true if this layer can reorder   existing fields on the current layer using ReorderField() or   ReorderFields(), otherwise false.
  • OLCAlterFieldDefn / "AlterFieldDefn": true if this layer can alter the   definition of an existing field on the current layer using AlterFieldDefn(),   otherwise false.
  • OLCDeleteFeature / "DeleteFeature": true if the DeleteFeature() method   is supported on this layer, otherwise false.
  • OLCStringsAsUTF8 / "StringsAsUTF8": true if values of OFTString fields   are assured to be in UTF-8 format. If false the encoding of fields is   uncertain, though it might still be UTF-8.
  • OLCTransactions / "Transactions": true if the StartTransaction(),   CommitTransaction() and RollbackTransaction() methods work in a meaningful   way, otherwise false.
  • OLCIgnoreFields / "IgnoreFields": true if fields, geometry and style   will be omitted when fetching features as set by SetIgnoredFields() method.
  • OLCCurveGeometries / "CurveGeometries": true if this layer supports   writing curve geometries or may return such geometries. (GDAL 2.0).
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_createfeature — Method
unsafe_createfeature(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer)
Create and returns a new feature based on the layer definition.
The newly feature is owned by the layer (it will increase the number of features the layer by one), but the feature has not been written to the layer yet.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_getfeature — Method
unsafe_getfeature(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, i::Integer)
Return a feature (now owned by the caller) by its identifier or NULL on failure.
Parameters
  • layer: the feature layer to be read from.
  • i: the index of the feature to be returned.
Remarks
This function will attempt to read the identified feature. The nFID value cannot be OGRNullFID. Success or failure of this operation is unaffected by the spatial or attribute filters (and specialized implementations in drivers should make sure that they do not take into account spatial or attribute filters).
If this function returns a non-NULL feature, it is guaranteed that its feature id (OGRFGetFID()) will be the same as nFID.
Use OGRLTestCapability(OLCRandomRead) to establish if this layer supports efficient random access reading via OGRLGetFeature(); however, the call should always work if the feature exists as a fallback implementation just scans all the features in the layer looking for the desired feature.
Sequential reads (with OGRLGetNextFeature()) are generally considered interrupted by a OGRLGetFeature() call.
The returned feature is now owned by the caller, and should be freed with destroy().
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_nextfeature — Method
unsafe_nextfeature(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer)
Fetch the next available feature from this layer.
Parameters
  • layer: the feature layer to be read from.
Remarks
This method implements sequential access to the features of a layer. The resetreading!() method can be used to start at the beginning again. Only features matching the current spatial filter (set with setspatialfilter!()) will be returned.
The returned feature becomes the responsibility of the caller to delete with destroy(). It is critical that all features associated with a FeatureLayer (more specifically a FeatureDefn) be destroyed before that layer is destroyed.
Features returned by nextfeature() may or may not be affected by concurrent modifications depending on drivers. A guaranteed way of seeing modifications in effect is to call resetreading!() on layers where nextfeature() has been called, before reading again. Structural changes in layers (field addition, deletion, ...) when a read is in progress may or may not be possible depending on drivers. If a transaction is committed/aborted, the current sequential reading may or may not be valid after that operation and a call to resetreading!() might be needed.
source
ArchGDAL.getdefault — Method
getdefault(fielddefn::AbstractFieldDefn)
Get default field value
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc53ogrnotnull_default.html
source
ArchGDAL.getfieldtype — Method
getfieldtype(fielddefn::AbstractFieldDefn)
Returns the type or subtype (if any) of this field.
Parameters
  • fielddefn: handle to the field definition.
Returns
The field type or subtype.
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc50ogrfield_subtype.html
source
ArchGDAL.getjustify — Method
getjustify(fielddefn::AbstractFieldDefn)
Get the justification for this field.
Note: no driver is know to use the concept of field justification.
source
ArchGDAL.getprecision — Method
getprecision(fielddefn::AbstractFieldDefn)
Get the formatting precision for this field.
This should normally be zero for fields of types other than OFTReal.
source
ArchGDAL.getspatialref — Method
getspatialref(geomdefn::AbstractGeomFieldDefn)
Returns a clone of the spatial reference system for this field. May be NULL.
source
ArchGDAL.getsubtype — Method
getsubtype(fielddefn::AbstractFieldDefn)
Fetch subtype of this field.
Parameters
  • fielddefn: handle to the field definition to get subtype from.
Returns
field subtype.
source
ArchGDAL.getwidth — Method
getwidth(fielddefn::AbstractFieldDefn)
Get the formatting width for this field.
Returns
the width, zero means no specified width.
source
ArchGDAL.isdefaultdriverspecific — Method
isdefaultdriverspecific(fielddefn::AbstractFieldDefn)
Returns whether the default value is driver specific.
Driver specific default values are those that are not NULL, a numeric value, a literal value enclosed between single quote characters, CURRENTTIMESTAMP, CURRENTTIME, CURRENT_DATE or datetime literal value.
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc53ogrnotnull_default.html
source
ArchGDAL.isignored — Method
isignored(fielddefn::AbstractFieldDefn)
Return whether this field should be omitted when fetching features.
source
ArchGDAL.isignored — Method
isignored(geomdefn::AbstractGeomFieldDefn)
Return whether this field should be omitted when fetching features.
source
ArchGDAL.isnullable — Method
isnullable(fielddefn::AbstractFieldDefn)
Return whether this field can receive null values.
By default, fields are nullable.
Even if this method returns false (i.e not-nullable field), it doesn't mean that OGRFeature::IsFieldSet() will necessarily return true, as fields can be temporarily unset and null/not-null validation is usually done when OGRLayer::CreateFeature()/SetFeature() is called.
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc53ogrnotnull_default.html
source
ArchGDAL.isnullable — Method
isnullable(geomdefn::AbstractGeomFieldDefn)
Return whether this geometry field can receive null values.
By default, fields are nullable.
Even if this method returns false (i.e not-nullable field), it doesn't mean that OGRFeature::IsFieldSet() will necessary return true, as fields can be temporarily unset and null/not-null validation is usually done when OGRLayer::CreateFeature()/SetFeature() is called.
Note that not-nullable geometry fields might also contain 'empty' geometries.
source
ArchGDAL.setdefault! — Method
setdefault!(fielddefn::AbstractFieldDefn, default)
Set default field value.
The default field value is taken into account by drivers (generally those with a SQL interface) that support it at field creation time. OGR will generally not automatically set the default field value to null fields by itself when calling OGRFeature::CreateFeature() / OGRFeature::SetFeature(), but will let the low-level layers to do the job. So retrieving the feature from the layer is recommended.
The accepted values are NULL, a numeric value, a literal value enclosed between single quote characters (and inner single quote characters escaped by repetition of the single quote character), CURRENTTIMESTAMP, CURRENTTIME, CURRENT_DATE or a driver specific expression (that might be ignored by other drivers). For a datetime literal value, format should be 'YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS[.sss]' (considered as UTC time).
Drivers that support writing DEFAULT clauses will advertize the GDALDCAPDEFAULT_FIELDS driver metadata item.
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc53ogrnotnull_default.html
source
ArchGDAL.setignored! — Method
setignored!(fielddefn::FieldDefn, ignore::Bool)
Set whether this field should be omitted when fetching features.
source
ArchGDAL.setignored! — Method
setignored!(geomdefn::GeomFieldDefn, ignore::Bool)
Set whether this field should be omitted when fetching features.
source
ArchGDAL.setjustify! — Method
setjustify!(fielddefn::FieldDefn, ejustify::OGRJustification)
Set the justification for this field.
Note: no driver is know to use the concept of field justification.
source
ArchGDAL.setnullable! — Method
setnullable!(geomdefn::GeomFieldDefn, nullable::Bool)
Set whether this geometry field can receive null values.
By default, fields are nullable, so this method is generally called with false to set a not-null constraint.
Drivers that support writing not-null constraint will advertize the GDALDCAPNOTNULL_GEOMFIELDS driver metadata item.
source
ArchGDAL.setnullable! — Method
setnullable!(fielddefn::FieldDefn, nullable::Bool)
Set whether this field can receive null values.
By default, fields are nullable, so this method is generally called with false to set a not-null constraint.
Drivers that support writing not-null constraint will advertize the GDALDCAPNOTNULL_FIELDS driver metadata item.
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc53ogrnotnull_default.html
source
ArchGDAL.setparams! — Method
setparams!(fielddefn, name, etype, [nwidth, [nprecision, [justify]]])
Set defining parameters for a field in one call.
Parameters
  • fielddefn:  the field definition to set to.
  • name:       the new name to assign.
  • etype:      the new type (one of the OFT values like OFTInteger).
  • nwidth:     the preferred formatting width. 0 (default) indicates undefined.
  • nprecision: number of decimals for formatting. 0 (default) for undefined.
  • justify:    the formatting justification ([OJUndefined], OJLeft or OJRight)
source
ArchGDAL.setprecision! — Method
setprecision!(fielddefn::FieldDefn, precision::Integer)
Set the formatting precision for this field in characters.
This should normally be zero for fields of types other than OFTReal.
source
ArchGDAL.setspatialref! — Method
setspatialref!(geomdefn::GeomFieldDefn, spatialref::AbstractSpatialRef)
Set the spatial reference of this field.
This function drops the reference of the previously set SRS object and acquires a new reference on the passed object (if non-NULL).
source
ArchGDAL.setsubtype! — Method
setsubtype!(fielddefn::FieldDefn, subtype::OGRFieldSubType)
Set the subtype of this field.
This should never be done to an OGRFieldDefn that is already part of an OGRFeatureDefn.
Parameters
  • fielddefn: handle to the field definition to set type to.
  • subtype: the new field subtype.
References
  • https://gdal.org/development/rfc/rfc50ogrfield_subtype.html
source
ArchGDAL.setwidth! — Method
setwidth!(fielddefn::FieldDefn, width::Integer)
Set the formatting width for this field in characters.
This should never be done to an OGRFieldDefn that is already part of an OGRFeatureDefn.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_createfielddefn — Method
unsafe_createfielddefn(name::AbstractString, etype::OGRFieldType)
Create a new field definition.
By default, fields have no width, precision, are nullable and not ignored.
source
ArchGDAL.addgeom! — Method
addgeom!(geomcontainer::AbstractGeometry, subgeom::AbstractGeometry)
Add a geometry to a geometry container.
Some subclasses of OGRGeometryCollection restrict the types of geometry that can be added, and may return an error. The passed geometry is cloned to make an internal copy.
For a polygon, subgeom must be a linearring. If the polygon is empty, the first added subgeometry will be the exterior ring. The next ones will be the interior rings.
Parameters
  • geomcontainer: existing geometry.
  • subgeom: geometry to add to the existing geometry.
source
ArchGDAL.addpoint! — Function
addpoint!(geom::AbstractGeometry, x, y)
+addpoint!(geom::AbstractGeometry, x, y, z)
Add a point to a geometry (line string or point).
Parameters
  • geom: the geometry to add a point to.
  • x: x coordinate of point to add.
  • y: y coordinate of point to add.
  • z: z coordinate of point to add.
source
ArchGDAL.boundary — Method
boundary(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns the boundary of the geometry.
A new geometry object is created and returned containing the boundary of the geometry on which the method is invoked.
source
ArchGDAL.boundingbox — Method
boundingbox(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns a bounding box polygon (CW) built from envelope coordinates
source
ArchGDAL.buffer — Function
buffer(geom::AbstractGeometry, dist::Real, quadsegs::Integer = 30)
Compute buffer of geometry.
Builds a new geometry containing the buffer region around the geometry on which it is invoked. The buffer is a polygon containing the region within the buffer distance of the original geometry.
Some buffer sections are properly described as curves, but are converted to approximate polygons. The nQuadSegs parameter can be used to control how many segments should be used to define a 90 degree curve - a quadrant of a circle. A value of 30 is a reasonable default. Large values result in large numbers of vertices in the resulting buffer geometry while small numbers reduce the accuracy of the result.
Parameters
  • geom: the geometry.
  • dist: the buffer distance to be applied. Should be expressed into the   same unit as the coordinates of the geometry.
  • quadsegs: the number of segments used to approximate a 90 degree   (quadrant) of curvature.
source
ArchGDAL.centroid! — Method
centroid!(geom::AbstractGeometry, centroid::AbstractGeometry)
Compute the geometry centroid.
The centroid location is applied to the passed in OGRPoint object. The centroid is not necessarily within the geometry.
This method relates to the SFCOM ISurface::get_Centroid() method however the current implementation based on GEOS can operate on other geometry types such as multipoint, linestring, geometrycollection such as multipolygons. OGC SF SQL 1.1 defines the operation for surfaces (polygons). SQL/MM-Part 3 defines the operation for surfaces and multisurfaces (multipolygons).
source
ArchGDAL.centroid — Method
centroid(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Compute the geometry centroid.
The centroid is not necessarily within the geometry.
(This method relates to the SFCOM ISurface::get_Centroid() method however the current implementation based on GEOS can operate on other geometry types such as multipoint, linestring, geometrycollection such as multipolygons. OGC SF SQL 1.1 defines the operation for surfaces (polygons). SQL/MM-Part 3 defines the operation for surfaces and multisurfaces (multipolygons).)
source
ArchGDAL.clone — Method
clone(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns a copy of the geometry with the original spatial reference system.
source
ArchGDAL.closerings! — Method
closerings!(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Force rings to be closed.
If this geometry, or any contained geometries has polygon rings that are not closed, they will be closed by adding the starting point at the end.
source
ArchGDAL.contains — Method
contains(g1::AbstractGeometry, g2::AbstractGeometry)
Returns true if g1 contains g2.
source
ArchGDAL.convexhull — Method
convexhull(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns the convex hull of the geometry.
A new geometry object is created and returned containing the convex hull of the geometry on which the method is invoked.
source
ArchGDAL.creategeom — Method
creategeom(geomtype::OGRwkbGeometryType)
Create an empty geometry of desired type.
This is equivalent to allocating the desired geometry with new, but the allocation is guaranteed to take place in the context of the GDAL/OGR heap.
source
ArchGDAL.crosses — Method
crosses(g1::AbstractGeometry, g2::AbstractGeometry)
Returns true if the geometries are crossing.
source
ArchGDAL.curvegeom — Method
curvegeom(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Return curve version of this geometry.
Returns a geometry that has possibly CIRCULARSTRING, COMPOUNDCURVE, CURVEPOLYGON, MULTICURVE or MULTISURFACE in it, by de-approximating linear into curve geometries.
If the geometry has no curve portion, the returned geometry will be a clone.
The reverse function is OGRGGetLinearGeometry().
source
ArchGDAL.delaunaytriangulation — Method
delaunaytriangulation(geom::AbstractGeometry, tol::Real, onlyedges::Bool)
Return a Delaunay triangulation of the vertices of the geometry.
Parameters
  • geom: the geometry.
  • tol: optional snapping tolerance to use for improved robustness
  • onlyedges: if true, will return a MULTILINESTRING, otherwise it   will return a GEOMETRYCOLLECTION containing triangular POLYGONs.
source
ArchGDAL.destroy — Method
Destroy geometry object.
Equivalent to invoking delete on a geometry, but it guaranteed to take place within the context of the GDAL/OGR heap.
source
ArchGDAL.destroy — Method
Destroy prepared geometry object.
Equivalent to invoking delete on a prepared geometry, but it guaranteed to take place within the context of the GDAL/OGR heap.
source
ArchGDAL.difference — Method
difference(g1::AbstractGeometry, g2::AbstractGeometry)
Generates a new geometry which is the region of this geometry with the region of the other geometry removed.
Returns
A new geometry representing the difference of the geometries, or NULL if the difference is empty.
source
ArchGDAL.disjoint — Method
disjoint(g1::AbstractGeometry, g2::AbstractGeometry)
Returns true if the geometries are disjoint.
source
ArchGDAL.distance — Method
distance(g1::AbstractGeometry, g2::AbstractGeometry)
Returns the distance between the geometries or -1 if an error occurs.
source
ArchGDAL.empty! — Method
empty!(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Clear geometry information.
This restores the geometry to its initial state after construction, and before assignment of actual geometry.
source
ArchGDAL.envelope — Method
envelope(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Computes and returns the bounding envelope for this geometry.
source
ArchGDAL.envelope3d — Method
envelope3d(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Computes and returns the bounding envelope (3D) for this geometry
source
ArchGDAL.equals — Method
equals(g1::AbstractGeometry, g2::AbstractGeometry)
Returns true if the geometries are equivalent.
source
ArchGDAL.flattento2d! — Method
flattento2d!(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Convert geometry to strictly 2D.
The return value will have a new type, do not continue using the original object.
source
ArchGDAL.forceto — Function
forceto(geom::AbstractGeometry, targettype::OGRwkbGeometryType, [options])
Tries to force the provided geometry to the specified geometry type.
Parameters
  • geom: the input geometry.
  • targettype: target output geometry type.
options: (optional) options as a null-terminated vector of strings
It can promote 'single' geometry type to their corresponding collection type (see OGRGTGetCollection()) or the reverse. non-linear geometry type to their corresponding linear geometry type (see OGRGTGetLinear()), by possibly approximating circular arcs they may contain. Regarding conversion from linear geometry types to curve geometry types, only "wraping" will be done. No attempt to retrieve potential circular arcs by de-approximating stroking will be done. For that, OGRGeometry::getCurveGeometry() can be used.
The passed in geometry is cloned and a new one returned.
source
ArchGDAL.fromGML — Method
fromGML(data)
Create geometry from GML.
This method translates a fragment of GML containing only the geometry portion into a corresponding OGRGeometry. There are many limitations on the forms of GML geometries supported by this parser, but they are too numerous to list here.
The following GML2 elements are parsed : Point, LineString, Polygon, MultiPoint, MultiLineString, MultiPolygon, MultiGeometry.
source
ArchGDAL.fromWKB — Method
fromWKB(data)
Create a geometry object of the appropriate type from it's well known binary (WKB) representation.
Parameters
  • data: pointer to the input BLOB data.
source
ArchGDAL.fromWKT — Method
fromWKT(data::Vector{String})
Create a geometry object of the appropriate type from its well known text (WKT) representation.
Parameters
  • data: input zero terminated string containing WKT representation of the   geometry to be created. The pointer is updated to point just beyond that   last character consumed.
source
ArchGDAL.geomarea — Method
geomarea(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns the area of the geometry or 0.0 for unsupported geometry types.
source
ArchGDAL.geomdim — Method
geomdim(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Get the dimension of the geometry. 0 for points, 1 for lines and 2 for surfaces.
This function corresponds to the SFCOM IGeometry::GetDimension() method. It indicates the dimension of the geometry, but does not indicate the dimension of the underlying space (as indicated by OGRGGetCoordinateDimension() function).
source
ArchGDAL.geomlength — Method
geomlength(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns the length of the geometry, or 0.0 for unsupported geometry types.
source
ArchGDAL.getcoorddim — Method
getcoorddim(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Get the dimension of the coordinates in this geometry.
Returns
This will return 2 or 3.
source
ArchGDAL.getgeom — Method
getgeom(geom::AbstractGeometry, i::Integer)
Fetch geometry from a geometry container.
For a polygon, getgeom(polygon,i) returns the exterior ring if i == 0, and the interior rings for i > 0.
Parameters
  • geom: the geometry container from which to get a geometry from.
  • i: index of the geometry to fetch, between 0 and ngeom() - 1.
source
ArchGDAL.getm — Method
getm(geom::AbstractGeometry, i::Integer)
Fetch the m coordinate of a point from a geometry, at index i.
source
ArchGDAL.getpoint — Method
getpoint(geom::AbstractGeometry, i::Integer)
Fetch a point in line string or a point geometry, at index i.
Parameters
  • i: the vertex to fetch, from 0 to ngeom()-1, zero for a point.
source
ArchGDAL.getspatialref — Method
getspatialref(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns a clone of the spatial reference system for the geometry.
(The original SRS may be shared with many objects, and should not be modified.)
source
ArchGDAL.getx — Method
getx(geom::AbstractGeometry, i::Integer)
Fetch the x coordinate of a point from a geometry, at index i.
source
ArchGDAL.gety — Method
gety(geom::AbstractGeometry, i::Integer)
Fetch the y coordinate of a point from a geometry, at index i.
source
ArchGDAL.getz — Method
getz(geom::AbstractGeometry, i::Integer)
Fetch the z coordinate of a point from a geometry, at index i.
source
ArchGDAL.hascurvegeom — Method
hascurvegeom(geom::AbstractGeometry, nonlinear::Bool)
Returns if this geometry is or has curve geometry.
Parameters
  • geom: the geometry to operate on.
  • nonlinear: set it to true to check if the geometry is or contains a   CIRCULARSTRING.
source
ArchGDAL.intersection — Method
intersection(g1::AbstractGeometry, g2::AbstractGeometry)
Returns a new geometry representing the intersection of the geometries, or NULL if there is no intersection or an error occurs.
Generates a new geometry which is the region of intersection of the two geometries operated on. The OGRGIntersects() function can be used to test if two geometries intersect.
source
ArchGDAL.intersects — Method
intersects(g1::AbstractGeometry, g2::AbstractGeometry)
Returns whether the geometries intersect
Determines whether two geometries intersect. If GEOS is enabled, then this is done in rigorous fashion otherwise true is returned if the envelopes (bounding boxes) of the two geometries overlap.
source
ArchGDAL.is3d — Method
is3d(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns true if the geometry has a z coordinate, otherwise false.
source
ArchGDAL.isempty — Method
isempty(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns true if the geometry has no points, otherwise false.
source
ArchGDAL.ismeasured — Method
ismeasured(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns true if the geometry has a m coordinate, otherwise false.
source
ArchGDAL.isring — Method
isring(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns true if the geometry is a ring, otherwise false.
source
ArchGDAL.issimple — Method
issimple(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns true if the geometry is simple, otherwise false.
source
ArchGDAL.isvalid — Method
isvalid(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns true if the geometry is valid, otherwise false.
source
ArchGDAL.ngeom — Method
ngeom(geom::AbstractGeometry)
The number of elements in a geometry or number of geometries in container.
This corresponds to
  • OGR_G_GetPointCount for wkbPoint[25D] or wkbLineString[25D],
  • OGR_G_GetGeometryCount for geometries of type wkbPolygon[25D],   wkbMultiPoint[25D], wkbMultiLineString[25D], wkbMultiPolygon[25D] or   wkbGeometryCollection[25D], and
  • 0 for other geometry types.
source
ArchGDAL.overlaps — Method
overlaps(g1::AbstractGeometry, g2::AbstractGeometry)
Returns true if the geometries overlap.
source
ArchGDAL.pointalongline — Method
pointalongline(geom::AbstractGeometry, distance::Real)
Fetch point at given distance along curve.
Parameters
  • geom: curve geometry.
  • distance: distance along the curve at which to sample position. This   distance should be between zero and geomlength() for this curve.
Returns
a point or NULL.
source
ArchGDAL.pointonsurface — Method
pointonsurface(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns a point guaranteed to lie on the surface.
This method relates to the SFCOM ISurface::get_PointOnSurface() method however the current implementation based on GEOS can operate on other geometry types than the types that are supported by SQL/MM-Part 3 : surfaces (polygons) and multisurfaces (multipolygons).
source
ArchGDAL.polygonfromedges — Method
polygonfromedges(lines::AbstractGeometry, tol::Real; besteffort = false,
+    autoclose = false)
Build a ring from a bunch of arcs.
Parameters
  • lines: handle to an OGRGeometryCollection (or OGRMultiLineString)   containing the line string geometries to be built into rings.
  • tol: whether two arcs are considered close enough to be joined.
Keyword Arguments
  • besteffort: (defaults to false) not yet implemented???.
  • autoclose: indicates if the ring should be close when first and last   points of the ring are the same. (defaults to false)
source
ArchGDAL.polygonize — Method
polygonize(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Polygonizes a set of sparse edges.
A new geometry object is created and returned containing a collection of reassembled Polygons: NULL will be returned if the input collection doesn't correspond to a MultiLinestring, or when reassembling Edges into Polygons is impossible due to topological inconsistencies.
source
ArchGDAL.preparegeom — Method
preparegeom(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Create an prepared geometry of a geometry. This can speed up operations which interact with the geometry multiple times, by storing caches of calculated geometry information.
source
ArchGDAL.removeallgeoms! — Method
removeallgeoms!(geom::AbstractGeometry, todelete::Bool = true)
Remove all geometries from an exiting geometry container.
Parameters
  • geom: the existing geometry to delete from.
  • todelete: if true the geometry will be destroyed, otherwise it will not.   The default is true as the existing geometry is considered to own the   geometries in it.
source
ArchGDAL.removegeom! — Method
removegeom!(geom::AbstractGeometry, i::Integer, todelete::Bool = true)
Remove a geometry from an exiting geometry container.
Parameters
  • geom: the existing geometry to delete from.
  • i: the index of the geometry to delete. A value of -1 is a special flag   meaning that all geometries should be removed.
  • todelete: if true the geometry will be destroyed, otherwise it will not.   The default is true as the existing geometry is considered to own the   geometries in it.
source
ArchGDAL.segmentize! — Method
segmentize!(geom::AbstractGeometry, maxlength::Real)
Modify the geometry such it has no segment longer than the given distance.
Interpolated points will have Z and M values (if needed) set to 0. Distance computation is performed in 2d only
Parameters
  • geom: the geometry to segmentize
  • maxlength: the maximum distance between 2 points after segmentization
source
ArchGDAL.setcoorddim! — Method
setcoorddim!(geom::AbstractGeometry, dim::Integer)
Set the coordinate dimension.
This method sets the explicit coordinate dimension. Setting the coordinate dimension of a geometry to 2 should zero out any existing Z values. Setting the dimension of a geometry collection, a compound curve, a polygon, etc. will affect the children geometries. This will also remove the M dimension if present before this call.
source
ArchGDAL.setnonlineargeomflag! — Method
setnonlineargeomflag!(flag::Bool)
Set flag to enable/disable returning non-linear geometries in the C API.
This flag has only an effect on the OGRFGetGeometryRef(), OGRFGetGeomFieldRef(), OGRLGetGeomType(), OGRGFldGetType() and OGRFDGetGeomType() C API methods. It is meant as making it simple for applications using the OGR C API not to have to deal with non-linear geometries, even if such geometries might be returned by drivers. In which case, they will be transformed into their closest linear geometry, by doing linear approximation, with OGRGForceTo().
Libraries should generally not use that method, since that could interfere with other libraries or applications.
Parameters
  • flag: true if non-linear geometries might be returned (default value).         false to ask for non-linear geometries to be approximated as linear         geometries.
Returns
a point or NULL.
source
ArchGDAL.setpoint! — Function
setpoint!(geom::AbstractGeometry, i::Integer, x, y)
+setpoint!(geom::AbstractGeometry, i::Integer, x, y, z)
Set the location of a vertex in a point or linestring geometry.
Parameters
  • geom: handle to the geometry to add a vertex to.
  • i: the index of the vertex to assign (zero based) or zero for a point.
  • x: input X coordinate to assign.
  • y: input Y coordinate to assign.
  • z: input Z coordinate to assign (defaults to zero).
source
ArchGDAL.setpointcount! — Method
setpointcount!(geom::AbstractGeometry, n::Integer)
Set number of points in a geometry.
Parameters
  • geom: the geometry.
  • n: the new number of points for geometry.
source
ArchGDAL.simplify — Method
simplify(geom::AbstractGeometry, tol::Real)
Compute a simplified geometry.
Parameters
  • geom: the geometry.
  • tol: the distance tolerance for the simplification.
source
ArchGDAL.simplifypreservetopology — Method
simplifypreservetopology(geom::AbstractGeometry, tol::Real)
Simplify the geometry while preserving topology.
Parameters
  • geom: the geometry.
  • tol: the distance tolerance for the simplification.
source
ArchGDAL.symdifference — Method
symdifference(g1::AbstractGeometry, g2::AbstractGeometry)
Returns a new geometry representing the symmetric difference of the geometries or NULL if the difference is empty or an error occurs.
source
ArchGDAL.toISOWKB — Function
toISOWKB(geom::AbstractGeometry, order::OGRwkbByteOrder = wkbNDR)
Convert a geometry into SFSQL 1.2 / ISO SQL/MM Part 3 well known binary format.
Parameters
  • geom: handle on the geometry to convert to a well know binary data from.
  • order: One of wkbXDR or [wkbNDR] indicating MSB or LSB byte order resp.
source
ArchGDAL.toISOWKT — Method
toISOWKT(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Convert a geometry into SFSQL 1.2 / ISO SQL/MM Part 3 well known text format.
source
ArchGDAL.toJSON — Method
toJSON(geom::AbstractGeometry; kwargs...)
Convert a geometry into GeoJSON format.
  • The following options are supported :
  • COORDINATE_PRECISION=number: maximum number of figures after decimal  separator to write in coordinates.
  • SIGNIFICANT_FIGURES=number: maximum number of significant figures.
  • If COORDINATEPRECISION is defined, SIGNIFICANTFIGURES will be ignored if
  • specified.
  • When none are defined, the default is COORDINATE_PRECISION=15.
Parameters
  • geom: handle to the geometry.
Returns
A GeoJSON fragment or NULL in case of error.
source
ArchGDAL.toKML — Function
toKML(geom::AbstractGeometry, altitudemode = C_NULL)
Convert a geometry into KML format.
source
ArchGDAL.toWKB — Function
toWKB(geom::AbstractGeometry, order::OGRwkbByteOrder = wkbNDR)
Convert a geometry well known binary format.
Parameters
  • geom: handle on the geometry to convert to a well know binary data from.
  • order: One of wkbXDR or [wkbNDR] indicating MSB or LSB byte order resp.
source
ArchGDAL.toWKT — Method
toWKT(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Convert a geometry into well known text format.
source
ArchGDAL.touches — Method
touches(g1::AbstractGeometry, g2::AbstractGeometry)
Returns true if the geometries are touching.
source
ArchGDAL.transform! — Method
transform!(geom::AbstractGeometry, coordtransform::CoordTransform)
Apply arbitrary coordinate transformation to geometry.
Parameters
  • geom: handle on the geometry to apply the transform to.
  • coordtransform: handle on the transformation to apply.
source
ArchGDAL.union — Method
union(g1::AbstractGeometry, g2::AbstractGeometry)
Returns a new geometry representing the union of the geometries.
source
ArchGDAL.within — Method
within(g1::AbstractGeometry, g2::AbstractGeometry)
Returns true if g1 is contained within g2.
source
ArchGDAL.wkbsize — Method
wkbsize(geom::AbstractGeometry)
Returns size (in bytes) of related binary representation.
source
ArchGDAL.addpart! — Method
addpart!(stylemanager::StyleManager, styletool::StyleTool)
Add a part (style tool) to the current style.
Parameters
  • stylemanager: handle to the style manager.
  • styletool: the style tool defining the part to add.
Returns
true on success, false on error.
source
ArchGDAL.addstyle! — Method
addstyle!(stylemanager::StyleManager, stylename, stylestring)
Add a style to the current style table.
Parameters
  • stylemanager: handle to the style manager.
  • stylename: the name of the style to add.
  • stylestring: (optional) the style string to use, or (if not provided) to use   the style stored in the manager.
Returns
true on success, false on error.
source
ArchGDAL.addstyle! — Method
addstyle!(styletable::StyleTable, stylename, stylestring)
Add a new style in the table.
Parameters
  • styletable: handle to the style table.
  • name: the name the style to add.
  • stylestring: the style string to add.
Returns
true on success, false on error
source
ArchGDAL.asdouble — Function
asdouble(styletool::StyleTool, id::Integer, nullflag = Ref{Cint}(0))
Get Style Tool parameter value as a double.
Parameters
  • styletool: handle to the style tool.
  • id: the parameter id from the enumeration corresponding to the type of this       style tool (one of the OGRSTPenParam, OGRSTBrushParam, OGRSTSymbolParam       or OGRSTLabelParam enumerations)
  • nullflag: pointer to an integer that will be set to true or false to       indicate whether the parameter value is NULL.
Returns
the parameter value as a double and sets nullflag.
source
ArchGDAL.asint — Function
asint(styletool::StyleTool, id::Integer, nullflag = Ref{Cint}(0))
Get Style Tool parameter value as an integer.
Parameters
  • styletool: handle to the style tool.
  • id: the parameter id from the enumeration corresponding to the type of this       style tool (one of the OGRSTPenParam, OGRSTBrushParam, OGRSTSymbolParam       or OGRSTLabelParam enumerations)
  • nullflag: pointer to an integer that will be set to true or false to       indicate whether the parameter value is NULL.
Returns
the parameter value as an integer and sets nullflag.
source
ArchGDAL.asstring — Method
asstring(styletool::StyleTool, id::Integer)
+asstring(styletool::StyleTool, id::Integer, nullflag::Ref{Cint})
Get Style Tool parameter value as a string.
Parameters
  • styletool: handle to the style tool.
  • id: the parameter id from the enumeration corresponding to the type of this       style tool (one of the OGRSTPenParam, OGRSTBrushParam, OGRSTSymbolParam       or OGRSTLabelParam enumerations)
  • nullflag: pointer to an integer that will be set to true or false to       indicate whether the parameter value is NULL.
Returns
the parameter value as a string and sets nullflag.
source
ArchGDAL.destroy — Method
Destroy Style Manager.
Parameters
  • stylemanager: handle to the style manager to destroy.
source
ArchGDAL.destroy — Method
Destroy Style Table.
Parameters
  • styletable: handle to the style table to destroy.
source
ArchGDAL.findstylestring — Method
findstylestring(styletable::StyleTable, name::AbstractString)
Get a style string by name.
Parameters
  • styletable: handle to the style table.
  • name: the name of the style string to find.
Returns
the style string matching the name or NULL if not found or error.
source
ArchGDAL.getstylestring — Method
getstylestring(styletool::StyleTool)
Get the style string for this Style Tool.
Parameters
  • styletool: handle to the style tool.
Returns
the style string for this style tool or "" if the styletool is invalid.
source
ArchGDAL.gettype — Method
gettype(styletool::StyleTool)
Determine type of Style Tool.
Parameters
  • styletool: handle to the style tool.
Returns
the style tool type, one of OGRSTCPen (1), OGRSTCBrush (2), OGRSTCSymbol (3) or OGRSTCLabel (4). Returns OGRSTCNone (0) if the OGRStyleToolH is invalid.
source
ArchGDAL.getunit — Method
getunit(styletool::StyleTool)
Get Style Tool units.
Parameters
  • styletool: handle to the style tool.
Returns
the style tool units.
source
ArchGDAL.initialize! — Method
initialize!(stylemanager::StyleManager, stylestring = C_NULL)
Initialize style manager from the style string.
Parameters
  • stylemanager: handle to the style manager.
  • stylestring: the style string to use (can be NULL).
Returns
true on success, false on error.
source
ArchGDAL.laststyle — Method
laststyle(styletable::StyleTable)
Get the style name of the last style string fetched with OGRSTBLGetNextStyle.
Parameters
  • styletable: handle to the style table.
Returns
the Name of the last style string or NULL on error.
source
ArchGDAL.loadstyletable! — Method
loadstyletable!(styletable::StyleTable, filename::AbstractString)
Load a style table from a file.
Parameters
  • styletable: handle to the style table.
  • filename: the name of the file to load from.
Returns
true on success, false on error
source
ArchGDAL.nextstyle — Method
nextstyle(styletable::StyleTable)
Get the next style string from the table.
Parameters
  • styletable: handle to the style table.
Returns
the next style string or NULL on error.
source
ArchGDAL.npart — Function
npart(stylemanager::StyleManager)
+npart(stylemanager::StyleManager, stylestring::AbstractString)
Get the number of parts in a style.
Parameters
  • stylemanager: handle to the style manager.
  • stylestring: (optional) the style string on which to operate. If NULL then                the current style string stored in the style manager is used.
Returns
the number of parts (style tools) in the style.
source
ArchGDAL.resetreading! — Method
resetreading!(styletable::StyleTable)
Reset the next style pointer to 0.
Parameters
  • styletable: handle to the style table.
source
ArchGDAL.savestyletable — Method
savestyletable(styletable::StyleTable, filename::AbstractString)
Save a style table to a file.
Parameters
  • styletable: handle to the style table.
  • filename: the name of the file to save to.
Returns
true on success, false on error
source
ArchGDAL.setparam! — Function
setparam!(styletool::StyleTool, id::Integer, value)
Set Style Tool parameter value.
Parameters
  • styletool: handle to the style tool.
  • id: the parameter id from the enumeration corresponding to the type of this       style tool (one of the OGRSTPenParam, OGRSTBrushParam, OGRSTSymbolParam       or OGRSTLabelParam enumerations)
  • value: the new parameter value, can be an Integer, Float64, or AbstactString
source
ArchGDAL.setunit! — Method
setunit!(styletool::StyleTool, newunit::OGRSTUnitId, scale::Real)
Set Style Tool units.
Parameters
  • styletool: handle to the style tool.
  • newunit: the new unit.
  • scale: ground to paper scale factor.
source
ArchGDAL.toRGBA — Method
toRGBA(styletool::StyleTool, color::AbstractString)
Return the r,g,b,a components of a color encoded in #RRGGBB[AA] format.
Parameters
  • styletool: handle to the style tool.
  • pszColor: the color to parse
Returns
(R,G,B,A) tuple of Cints.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_createstylemanager — Function
unsafe_createstylemanager(styletable = C_NULL)
OGRStyleMgr factory.
Parameters
  • styletable: OGRStyleTable or NULL if not working with a style table.
Returns
an handle to the new style manager object.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_createstyletool — Method
unsafe_createstyletool(classid::OGRSTClassId)
OGRStyleTool factory.
Parameters
  • classid: subclass of style tool to create. One of OGRSTCPen (1),            OGRSTCBrush (2), OGRSTCSymbol (3) or OGRSTCLabel (4).
Returns
an handle to the new style tool object or NULL if the creation failed.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_getpart — Function
unsafe_getpart(stylemanager::StyleManager, id::Integer,
+    stylestring = C_NULL)
Fetch a part (style tool) from the current style.
Parameters
  • stylemanager: handle to the style manager.
  • id: the part number (0-based index).
  • stylestring: (optional) the style string on which to operate. If not   provided, then the current style string stored in the style manager is used.
Returns
OGRStyleToolH of the requested part (style tools) or NULL on error.
source
ArchGDAL.addfielddefn! — Method
addfielddefn!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, name, etype::OGRFieldType;
+    <keyword arguments>)
Create a new field on a layer.
This function should not be called while there are feature objects in existence that were obtained or created with the previous layer definition.
Not all drivers support this function. You can query a layer to check if it supports it with the OLCCreateField capability. Some drivers may only support this method while there are still no features in the layer. When it is supported, the existing features of the backing file/database should be updated accordingly.
Drivers may or may not support not-null constraints. If they support creating fields with not-null constraints, this is generally before creating any feature to the layer.
Parameters
  • layer:  the layer to write the field definition.
  • name:   name of the field definition to write to disk.
  • etype:  type of the field definition to write to disk.
Keyword arguments
  • nwidth:     the preferred formatting width. 0 (default) indicates undefined.
  • nprecision: number of decimals for formatting. 0 (default) for undefined.
  • justify:    the formatting justification ([OJUndefined], OJLeft or OJRight)
  • approx:     If true (default false), the field may be created in a               slightly different form depending on the limitations of the               format driver.
source
ArchGDAL.writegeomdefn! — Method
writegeomdefn!(layer::AbstractFeatureLayer, name, etype::OGRwkbGeometryType,
+    approx=false)
Write a new geometry field on a layer.
This function should not be called while there are feature objects in existence that were obtained or created with the previous layer definition.
Not all drivers support this function. You can query a layer to check if it supports it with the OLCCreateField capability. Some drivers may only support this method while there are still no features in the layer. When it is supported, the existing features of the backing file/database should be updated accordingly.
Drivers may or may not support not-null constraints. If they support creating fields with not-null constraints, this is generally before creating any feature to the layer.
Parameters
  • layer:  the layer to write the field definition.
  • name:   name of the field definition to write to disk.
  • etype:  type of the geometry field defintion to write to disk.
Keyword arguments
  • approx: If true (default false), the geometry field may be created in a           slightly different form depending on the limitations of the driver.
source
Tables Interface
Raster Data
ArchGDAL.RasterDataset — Type
RasterDataset(dataset::AbstractDataset)
This data structure is returned by the ArchGDAL.readraster function and is a wrapper for a GDAL dataset. This wrapper is to signal the user that the dataset should be treated as a 3D AbstractArray where the first two dimensions correspond to longitude and latitude and the third dimension corresponds to different raster bands.
As it is a wrapper around a GDAL Dataset, it supports the usual raster methods for a GDAL Dataset such as getgeotransform, nraster, getband, getproj, width, and height. As it is also a subtype of AbstractDiskArray{T,3}, it supports the following additional methods: readblock!, writeblock!, eachchunk, haschunks, etc. This satisfies the DiskArray interface, allowing us to be able to index into it like we would an array.
Constructing a RasterDataset will error if the raster bands do not have all the same size and a common element data type.
source
ArchGDAL._common_size — Method
_common_size(ds::AbstractDataset)
Determines the size of the raster bands in a dataset and errors if the sizes are not unique.
source
ArchGDAL.readraster — Method
readraster(s::String; kwargs...)
Opens a GDAL raster dataset. The difference to ArchGDAL.read is that this function returns a RasterDataset, which is a subtype of AbstractDiskArray{T,3}, so that users can operate on the array using direct indexing.
source
ArchGDAL.getcolorentryasrgb — Method
getcolorentryasrgb(ct::ColorTable, i::Integer)
Fetch a table entry in RGB format.
In theory this method should support translation of color palettes in non-RGB color spaces into RGB on the fly, but currently it only works on RGB color tables.
Parameters
  • i   entry offset from zero to GetColorEntryCount()-1.
Returns
true on success, or false if the conversion isn't supported.
source
ArchGDAL.paletteinterp — Method
paletteinterp(ct::ColorTable)
Fetch palette interpretation.
Returns
palette interpretation enumeration value, usually GPI_RGB.
source
ArchGDAL.setcolorentry! — Method
setcolorentry!(ct::ColorTable, i::Integer, entry::GDAL.GDALColorEntry)
Set entry in color table.
Note that the passed in color entry is copied, and no internal reference to it is maintained. Also, the passed in entry must match the color interpretation of the table to which it is being assigned.
The table is grown as needed to hold the supplied offset.
Parameters
  • i     entry offset from 0 to ncolorentry()-1.
  • entry value to assign to table.
source
ArchGDAL.asdouble — Method
asdouble(rat::RasterAttrTable, row::Integer, col::Integer)
Fetch field value as a double.
The value of the requested column in the requested row is returned as a double. Non double fields will be converted to double with the possibility of data loss.
Parameters
  • row  row to fetch (zero based).
  • col  column to fetch (zero based).
source
ArchGDAL.asint — Method
asint(rat::RasterAttrTable, row::Integer, col::Integer)
Fetch field value as a integer.
The value of the requested column in the requested row is returned as an int. Non-integer fields will be converted to int with the possibility of data loss.
Parameters
  • row  row to fetch (zero based).
  • col  column to fetch (zero based).
source
ArchGDAL.asstring — Method
asstring(rat::RasterAttrTable, row::Integer, col::Integer)
Fetch field value as a string.
The value of the requested column in the requested row is returned as a string. If the field is numeric, it is formatted as a string using default rules, so some precision may be lost.
Parameters
  • row  row to fetch (zero based).
  • col  column to fetch (zero based).
source
ArchGDAL.attributeio! — Function
attributeio!(rat::RasterAttrTable, access::GDALRWFlag, col, startrow, nrows,
+    data::Vector)
Read or Write a block of data to/from the Attribute Table.
Parameters
  • access      Either GF_Read or GF_Write
  • col         Column of the Attribute Table
  • startrow    Row to start reading/writing (zero based)
  • nrows       Number of rows to read or write
  • data        Vector of Float64, Int32 or AbstractString to read/write. Should               be at least nrows long.
source
ArchGDAL.changesarewrittentofile — Method
changesarewrittentofile(rat::RasterAttrTable)
Determine whether changes made to this RAT are reflected directly in the dataset
If this returns false then RasterBand.SetDefaultRAT() should be called. Otherwise this is unnecessary since changes to this object are reflected in the dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.columnname — Method
columnname(rat::RasterAttrTable, i::Integer)
Fetch name of indicated column.
Parameters
  • i  the column index (zero based).
Returns
the column name or an empty string for invalid column numbers.
source
ArchGDAL.columntype — Method
columntype(rat::RasterAttrTable, i::Integer)
Fetch column type.
Parameters
  • col  the column index (zero based).
Returns
column type or GFT_Integer if the column index is illegal.
source
ArchGDAL.createcolumn! — Method
createcolumn!(rat::RasterAttrTable, name, fieldtype::GDALRATFieldType,
+    fieldusage::GDALRATFieldUsage)
Create new column.
If the table already has rows, all row values for the new column will be initialized to the default value ("", or zero). The new column is always created as the last column, can will be column (field) "GetColumnCount()-1" after CreateColumn() has completed successfully.
source
ArchGDAL.findcolumnindex — Method
findcolumnindex(rat::RasterAttrTable, usage::GDALRATFieldUsage)
Returns the index of the first column of the requested usage type, or -1 if no match is found.
Parameters
  • usage  usage type to search for.
source
ArchGDAL.findrowindex — Method
findrowindex(rat::RasterAttrTable, pxvalue::Real)
Get row for pixel value.
Given a raw pixel value, the raster attribute table is scanned to determine which row in the table applies to the pixel value. The row index is returned.
Parameters
  • pxvalue the pixel value.
Returns
The row index or -1 if no row is appropriate.
source
ArchGDAL.getlinearbinning — Method
getlinearbinning(rat::RasterAttrTable)
Get linear binning information.
Returns
  • row0min the lower bound (pixel value) of the first category.
  • binsize the width of each category (in pixel value units).
source
ArchGDAL.initializeRAT! — Method
initializeRAT!(rat::RasterAttrTable, colortable::ColorTable)
Initialize from color table.
This method will setup a whole raster attribute table based on the contents of the passed color table. The Value (GFUMinMax), Red (GFURed), Green (GFUGreen), Blue (GFUBlue), and Alpha (GFU_Alpha) fields are created, and a row is set for each entry in the color table.
The raster attribute table must be empty before calling initializeRAT!().
The Value fields are set based on the implicit assumption with color tables that entry 0 applies to pixel value 0, 1 to 1, etc.
source
ArchGDAL.setlinearbinning! — Method
setlinearbinning!(rat::RasterAttrTable, row0min::Real, binsize::Real)
Set linear binning information.
For RATs with equal sized categories (in pixel value space) that are evenly spaced, this method may be used to associate the linear binning information with the table.
Parameters
  • row0min the lower bound (pixel value) of the first category.
  • binsize the width of each category (in pixel value units).
source
ArchGDAL.setrowcount! — Method
setrowcount!(rat::RasterAttrTable, n::Integer)
Set row count.
Resizes the table to include the indicated number of rows. Newly created rows will be initialized to their default values - "" for strings, and zero for numeric fields.
source
ArchGDAL.setvalue! — Function
setvalue!(rat::RasterAttrTable, row, col, val)
Set field value from string.
The indicated field (column) on the indicated row is set from the passed value. The value will be automatically converted for other field types, with a possible loss of precision.
Parameters
  • row  row to fetch (zero based).
  • col  column to fetch (zero based).
  • val  the value to assign, can be an AbstractString, Integer or Float64.
source
ArchGDAL.toColorTable — Function
toColorTable(rat::RasterAttrTable, n::Integer = -1)
Translate to a color table.
Parameters
  • n The number of entries to produce (0 to n-1), or -1 to auto-determine   the number of entries.
Returns
the generated color table or NULL on failure.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_clone — Method
unsafe_clone(rat::RasterAttrTable)
Copy Raster Attribute Table.
Creates a new copy of an existing raster attribute table. The new copy becomes the responsibility of the caller to destroy. May fail (return NULL) if the attribute table is too large to clone:     (nrow() * ncolumn() > RAT_MAX_ELEM_FOR_CLONE)
source
ArchGDAL.accessflag — Method
accessflag(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Return the access flag (e.g. OF_READONLY or OF_UPDATE) for this band.
source
ArchGDAL.blocksize — Method
blocksize(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Fetch the "natural" block size of this band.
GDAL contains a concept of the natural block size of rasters so that applications can organized data access efficiently for some file formats. The natural block size is the block size that is most efficient for accessing the format. For many formats this is simple a whole scanline in which case *pnXSize is set to GetXSize(), and *pnYSize is set to 1.
However, for tiled images this will typically be the tile size.
Note that the X and Y block sizes don't have to divide the image size evenly, meaning that right and bottom edge blocks may be incomplete. See ReadBlock() for an example of code dealing with these issues.
source
ArchGDAL.copywholeraster! — Method
copywholeraster!( source::AbstractRasterBand, dest::AbstractRasterBand;
+    [options, [progressfunc]])
Copy all raster band raster data.
This function copies the complete raster contents of one band to another similarly configured band. The source and destination bands must have the same width and height. The bands do not have to have the same data type.
It implements efficient copying, in particular "chunking" the copy in substantial blocks.
Currently the only options value supported is : "COMPRESSED=YES" to force alignment on target dataset block sizes to achieve best compression. More options may be supported in the future.
Parameters
  • source        the source band
  • dest          the destination band
  • options       transfer hints in "StringList" Name=Value format.
  • progressfunc  a function(::Float64, ::String)::Bool to call to report progress
source
ArchGDAL.createmaskband! — Method
createmaskband!(band::AbstractRasterBand, nflags::Integer)
Adds a mask band to the current band.
The default implementation of the CreateMaskBand() method is implemented based on similar rules to the .ovr handling implemented using the GDALDefaultOverviews object. A TIFF file with the extension .msk will be created with the same basename as the original file, and it will have as many bands as the original image (or just one for GMF_PER_DATASET). The mask images will be deflate compressed tiled images with the same block size as the original image if possible.
If you got a mask band with a previous call to GetMaskBand(), it might be invalidated by CreateMaskBand(). So you have to call GetMaskBand() again.
See also: http://trac.osgeo.org/gdal/wiki/rfc15_nodatabitmask
source
ArchGDAL.fillraster! — Method
fillraster!(band::AbstractRasterBand, realvalue::Real, imagvalue::Real = 0)
Fill this band with a constant value.
GDAL makes no guarantees about what values pixels in newly created files are set to, so this method can be used to clear a band to a specified "default" value. The fill value is passed in as a double but this will be converted to the underlying type before writing to the file. An optional second argument allows the imaginary component of a complex constant value to be specified.
Parameters
  • realvalue: Real component of fill value
  • imagvalue: Imaginary component of fill value, defaults to zero
source
ArchGDAL.getcategorynames — Method
getcategorynames(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Fetch the list of category names for this raster.
The return list is a "StringList" in the sense of the CPL functions. That is a NULL terminated array of strings. Raster values without associated names will have an empty string in the returned list. The first entry in the list is for raster values of zero, and so on.
source
ArchGDAL.getdataset — Method
getdataset(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Fetch the handle to its dataset handle, or NULL if this cannot be determined.
Note that some RasterBands are not considered to be a part of a dataset, such as overviews or other "freestanding" bands.
source
ArchGDAL.getdefaultRAT — Method
getdefaultRAT(band::AbstractRasterBand)
A RAT will be returned if there is a default one associated with the band, otherwise NULL is returned. The returned RAT is owned by the band and should not be deleted by the application.
source
ArchGDAL.getmaskband — Method
getmaskband(band::IRasterBand)
Return the mask band associated with the band.
The RasterBand class includes a default implementation of GetMaskBand() that returns one of four default implementations:
  • If a corresponding .msk file exists it will be used for the mask band.
  • If the dataset has a NODATA_VALUES metadata item, an instance of the new
GDALNoDataValuesMaskBand class will be returned. GetMaskFlags() will return GMF_NODATA | GMF_PER_DATASET.
  • If the band has a nodata value set, an instance of the new
GDALNodataMaskRasterBand class will be returned. GetMaskFlags() will return GMF_NODATA.
  • If there is no nodata value, but the dataset has an alpha band that seems to
apply to this band (specific rules yet to be determined) and that is of type GDT_Byte then that alpha band will be returned, and the flags GMF_PER_DATASET and GMF_ALPHA will be returned in the flags.
  • If neither of the above apply, an instance of the new
GDALAllValidRasterBand class will be returned that has 255 values for all pixels. The null flags will return GMF_ALL_VALID.
Note that the GetMaskBand() should always return a RasterBand mask, even if it is only an all 255 mask with the flags indicating GMF_ALL_VALID.
See also: http://trac.osgeo.org/gdal/wiki/rfc15_nodatabitmask
Returns
a valid mask band.
source
ArchGDAL.getnodatavalue — Method
getnodatavalue(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Fetch the no data value for this band.
If there is no out of data value, nothing will be returned instead. The no data value for a band is generally a special marker value used to mark pixels that are not valid data. Such pixels should generally not be displayed, nor contribute to analysis operations.
Returns
the nodata value for this band or nothing.
source
ArchGDAL.getoffset — Method
getoffset(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Fetch the raster value offset.
This (in combination with GetScale()) is used to transform raw pixel values into the units returned by GetUnits(). For e.g. this might be used to store elevations in GUInt16 bands with a precision of 0.1, starting from -100.
Units value = (raw value * scale) + offset
For file formats that don't know this intrinsically, a value of 0 is returned.
source
ArchGDAL.getscale — Method
getscale(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Fetch the raster value scale.
This value (in combination with the GetOffset() value) is used to transform raw pixel values into the units returned by GetUnits(). For example this might be used to store elevations in GUInt16 bands with a precision of 0.1, and starting from -100.
Units value = (raw value * scale) + offset
For file formats that don't know this intrinsically a value of one is returned.
source
ArchGDAL.getunittype — Method
getunittype(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Return a name for the units of this raster's values. For instance, it might be "m" for an elevation model in meters, or "ft" for feet.
source
ArchGDAL.indexof — Method
indexof(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Fetch the band number (1+) within its dataset, or 0 if unknown.
This method may return a value of 0 to indicate overviews, or free-standing RasterBand objects without a relationship to a dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.maskflaginfo — Method
maskflaginfo(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Returns the flags as in maskflags(@ref) but unpacks the bit values into a named tuple with the following fields:
  • all_valid
  • per_dataset
  • alpha
  • nodata
Returns
A named tuple with unpacked mask flags
source
ArchGDAL.maskflags — Method
maskflags(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Return the status flags of the mask band associated with the band.
The GetMaskFlags() method returns an bitwise OR-ed set of status flags with the following available definitions that may be extended in the future:
  • GMF_ALL_VALID (0x01):    There are no invalid pixels, all mask values
will be 255. When used this will normally be the only flag set.
  • GMF_PER_DATASET (0x02):  The mask band is shared between all bands on
the dataset.
  • GMF_ALPHA (0x04):        The mask band is actually an alpha band and may
have values other than 0 and 255.
  • GMF_NODATA (0x08):       Indicates the mask is actually being generated
from nodata values. (mutually exclusive of GMF_ALPHA)
The RasterBand class includes a default implementation of GetMaskBand() that returns one of four default implementations:
  • If a corresponding .msk file exists it will be used for the mask band.
  • If the dataset has a NODATA_VALUES metadata item, an instance of the new
GDALNoDataValuesMaskBand class will be returned. GetMaskFlags() will return GMF_NODATA | GMF_PER_DATASET.
  • If the band has a nodata value set, an instance of the new
GDALNodataMaskRasterBand class will be returned. GetMaskFlags() will return GMF_NODATA.
  • If there is no nodata value, but the dataset has an alpha band that seems to
apply to this band (specific rules yet to be determined) and that is of type GDT_Byte then that alpha band will be returned, and the flags GMF_PER_DATASET and GMF_ALPHA will be returned in the flags.
  • If neither of the above apply, an instance of the new GDALAllValidRasterBand
class will be returned that has 255 values for all pixels. The null flags will return GMF_ALL_VALID.
See also: http://trac.osgeo.org/gdal/wiki/rfc15_nodatabitmask
Returns
a valid mask band.
source
ArchGDAL.noverview — Method
noverview(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Return the number of overview layers available, zero if none.
source
ArchGDAL.regenerateoverviews! — Method
regenerateoverviews!(band::AbstractRasterBand,
+    overviewbands::Vector{<:AbstractRasterBand}, resampling = "NEAREST")
Generate downsampled overviews.
This function will generate one or more overview images from a base image using the requested downsampling algorithm. Its primary use is for generating overviews via BuildOverviews(), but it can also be used to generate downsampled images in one file from another outside the overview architecture.
Parameters
  • band              the source (base level) band.
  • overviewbands   the list of downsampled bands to be generated.
Keyword Arguments
  • resampling      (optional) Resampling algorithm (eg. "AVERAGE"). default to                   "NEAREST".
  • progressfunc    (optional) a function(::Float64, ::String)::Bool to call to report progress
Additional Remarks
The output bands need to exist in advance.
This function will honour properly NODATA_VALUES tuples (special dataset metadata) so that only a given RGB triplet (in case of a RGB image) will be considered as the nodata value and not each value of the triplet independantly per band.
source
ArchGDAL.sampleoverview — Method
sampleoverview(band::IRasterBand, nsamples::Integer)
Fetch best overview satisfying nsamples number of samples.
Returns the most reduced overview of the given band that still satisfies the desired number of samples nsamples. This function can be used with zero as the number of desired samples to fetch the most reduced overview. The same band as was passed in will be returned if it has not overviews, or if none of the overviews have enough samples.
source
ArchGDAL.setcolortable! — Method
setcolortable!(band::AbstractRasterBand, colortable::ColorTable)
Set the raster color table.
The driver will make a copy of all desired data in the colortable. It remains owned by the caller after the call.
Parameters
  • colortable color table to apply (where supported).
source
ArchGDAL.setdefaultRAT! — Method
setdefaultRAT!(band::AbstractRasterBand, rat::RasterAttrTable)
Set default Raster Attribute Table.
Associates a default RAT with the band. If not implemented for the format a CPLE_NotSupported error will be issued. If successful a copy of the RAT is made, the original remains owned by the caller.
source
ArchGDAL.setunittype! — Method
setunittype!(band::AbstractRasterBand, unitstring::AbstractString)
Set unit type of band to unittype.
Values should be one of "" (the default indicating it is unknown), "m" indicating meters, or "ft" indicating feet, though other nonstandard values are allowed.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_getcolortable — Method
unsafe_getcolortable(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Returns a clone of the color table associated with the band.
(If there is no associated color table, the original result is NULL. The original color table remains owned by the RasterBand, and can't be depended on for long, nor should it ever be modified by the caller.)
source
ArchGDAL.width — Method
width(band::AbstractRasterBand)
Fetch the width in pixels of this band.
source
ArchGDAL.rasterio! — Function
rasterio!(dataset::AbstractDataset, buffer::AbstractArray{<:Any, 3},
     bands; <keyword arguments>)
 rasterio!(dataset::AbstractDataset, buffer::AbstractArray{<:Any, 3}, bands, rows,
     cols; <keyword arguments>)
 rasterio!(rasterband::AbstractRasterBand, buffer::AbstractMatrix{<:Any};
     <keyword arguments>)
 rasterio!(rasterband::AbstractRasterBand, buffer::AbstractMatrix{<:Any}, rows,
-    cols; <keyword arguments>)
Read/write a region of image data from multiple bands.
This method allows reading a region of one or more RasterBands from this dataset into a buffer, or writing data from a buffer into a region of the RasterBands. It automatically takes care of data type translation if the element type (<:Any) of the buffer is different than that of the RasterBand. The method also takes care of image decimation / replication if the buffer size (xsz × ysz) is different than the size of the region being accessed (xsize × ysize).
The pxspace, linespace and bandspace parameters allow reading into or writing from various organization of buffers.
For highest performance full resolution data access, read and write on "block boundaries" as returned by blocksize(), or use the readblock!() and writeblock!() methods.
Parameters
  • rows        A continuous range of rows expressed as a               UnitRange{<:Integer}, such as 2:9.
  • cols        A continuous range of columns expressed as a               UnitRange{<:Integer}, such as 2:9.
  • access      Either GF_Read to read a region of data, or               GF_Write to write a region of data.
  • xoffset     The pixel offset to the top left corner of the region to be               accessed. It will be 0 (default) to start from the left.
  • yoffset     The line offset to the top left corner of the region to be               accessed. It will be 0 (default) to start from the top.
  • xsize       The width of the region of the band to be accessed in pixels.
  • ysize       The height of the region of the band to be accessed in lines.
  • buffer      The buffer into which the data should be read, or from which it               should be written. It must contain ≥ xsz * ysz * <# of bands>               words of type eltype(buffer). It is organized in left to               right, top to bottom pixel order. Spacing is controlled by the               pxspace, and linespace parameters
  • xsz         The width of the buffer into which the desired region is               to be read, or from which it is to be written.
  • ysz         The height of the buffer into which the desired region is               to be read, or from which it is to be written.
  • bands       The list of bands (1-based) to be read/written.
  • pxspace     The byte offset from the start of a pixel value in the buffer               to the start of the next pixel value within a scanline. By               default (i.e., 0) the size of eltype(buffer) will be used.
  • linespace   The byte offset from the start of one scanline in pBuffer to               the start of the next. By default (i.e., 0) the value of               sizeof(eltype(buffer)) * xsz will be used.
  • bandspace   The byte offset from the start of one bands data to the start               of the next. By default (0), it will be linespace * ysz               implying band sequential organization of the buffer.
Returns
CE_Failure if the access fails, otherwise CE_None.
source
ArchGDAL.readblock! — Method
readblock!(rb::AbstractRasterBand, xoffset::Integer, yoffset::Integer,
-    buffer)
Read a block of image data efficiently.
This method accesses a "natural" block from the raster band without resampling, or data type conversion. For a more generalized, but potentially less efficient access use RasterIO().
Parameters
  • xoffset the horizontal block offset, with zero indicating the left most           block, 1 the next block and so forth.
  • yoffset the vertical block offset, with zero indicating the top most block,           1 the next block and so forth.
  • buffer  the buffer into which the data will be read. The buffer must be           large enough to hold GetBlockXSize()*GetBlockYSize() words of type           GetRasterDataType().
source
ArchGDAL.writeblock! — Method
writeblock!(rb::AbstractRasterBand, xoffset::Integer, yoffset::Integer,
-    buffer)
Write a block of image data efficiently.
This method accesses a "natural" block from the raster band without resampling, or data type conversion. For a more generalized, but potentially less efficient access use RasterIO().
Parameters
  • xoffset the horizontal block offset, with zero indicating the left most           block, 1 the next block and so forth.
  • yoffset the vertical block offset, with zero indicating the left most block,           1 the next block and so forth.
  • buffer  the buffer from which the data will be written. The buffer must be           large enough to hold GetBlockXSize()*GetBlockYSize() words of type           GetRasterDataType().
source
Spatial Projections
ArchGDAL.clone — Method
clone(spref::AbstractSpatialRef)
Makes a clone of the Spatial Reference System. May return NULL.
source
ArchGDAL.crs2transform — Method
crs2transform(f::Function, sourcecrs::GeoFormat, targetcrs::GeoFormat;
-    kwargs...)
Run the function f on a coord transform generated from the source and target crs definitions. These can be any GeoFormat (from GeoFormatTypes) that holds a coordinate reference system.
kwargs are passed through to importCRS.
source
ArchGDAL.getattrvalue — Method
getattrvalue(spref::AbstractSpatialRef, name::AbstractString, i::Integer)
Fetch indicated attribute of named node.
This method uses GetAttrNode() to find the named node, and then extracts the value of the indicated child. Thus a call to getattrvalue(spref,"UNIT",1) would return the second child of the UNIT node, which is normally the length of the linear unit in meters.
Parameters name the tree node to look for (case insensitive). i    the child of the node to fetch (zero based).
Returns the requested value, or nothing if it fails for any reason.
source
ArchGDAL.importCRS! — Function
importCRS!(spref::AbstractSpatialRef, x::GeoFormatTypes.GeoFormat)
Import a coordinate reference system from a GeoFormat into the spatial ref.
source
ArchGDAL.importCRS — Method
importCRS(x::GeoFormatTypes.GeoFormat; [order=:compliant])
Import a coordinate reference system from a GeoFormat into GDAL, returning an ArchGDAL.AbstractSpatialRef.
Keyword Arguments
  • order: Sets the axis mapping strategy. :trad will use traditional lon/lat   axis ordering in any actions done with the crs. :compliant (the default)   will use axis ordering compliant with the relevant CRS authority.
source
ArchGDAL.importEPSG! — Method
importEPSG!(spref::AbstractSpatialRef, code::Integer)
Initialize SRS based on EPSG GCS or PCS code.
This method will initialize the spatial reference based on the passed in EPSG GCS or PCS code. It is relatively expensive, and generally involves quite a bit of text file scanning. Reasonable efforts should be made to avoid calling it many times for the same coordinate system.
Additional Remarks
This method is similar to importFromEPSGA() except that EPSG preferred axis ordering will not be applied for geographic coordinate systems. EPSG normally defines geographic coordinate systems to use lat/long contrary to typical GIS use). Since OGR 1.10.0, EPSG preferred axis ordering will also not be applied for projected coordinate systems that use northing/easting order.
The coordinate system definitions are normally read from the EPSG derived support files such as pcs.csv, gcs.csv, pcs.override.csv, gcs.override.csv and falling back to search for a PROJ.4 epsg init file or a definition in epsg.wkt.
These support files are normally searched for in /usr/local/share/gdal or in the directory identified by the GDAL_DATA configuration option. See CPLFindFile() for details.
source
ArchGDAL.importEPSG — Method
importEPSG(code::Integer; [order=:compliant])
Construct a Spatial Reference System from its EPSG GCS or PCS code.
Keyword Arguments
  • order: Sets the axis mapping strategy. :trad will use traditional lon/lat   axis ordering in any actions done with the crs. :compliant, will use axis   ordering compliant with the relevant CRS authority.
source
ArchGDAL.importEPSGA! — Method
importEPSGA!(spref::AbstractSpatialRef, code::Integer)
Initialize SRS based on EPSG CRS code.
This method is similar to importFromEPSG() except that EPSG preferred axis ordering will be applied for geographic and projected coordinate systems. EPSG normally defines geographic coordinate systems to use lat/long, and also there are also a few projected coordinate systems that use northing/easting order contrary to typical GIS use). See importFromEPSG() for more details on operation of this method.
source
ArchGDAL.importEPSGA — Method
importEPSGA(code::Integer; [order=:compliant])
Construct a Spatial Reference System from its EPSG CRS code.
This method is similar to importFromEPSG() except that EPSG preferred axis ordering will be applied for geographic and projected coordinate systems. EPSG normally defines geographic coordinate systems to use lat/long, and also there are also a few projected coordinate systems that use northing/easting order contrary to typical GIS use). See importFromEPSG() for more details on operation of this method.
Keyword Arguments
  • order: Sets the axis mapping strategy. :trad will use traditional lon/lat   axis  ordering in any actions done with the crs. :compliant, will use axis   ordering compliant with the relevant CRS authority.
source
ArchGDAL.importESRI! — Method
importESRI!(spref::AbstractSpatialRef, esristr::AbstractString)
Import coordinate system from ESRI .prj format(s).
This function will read the text loaded from an ESRI .prj file, and translate it into an OGRSpatialReference definition. This should support many (but by no means all) old style (Arc/Info 7.x) .prj files, as well as the newer pseudo-OGC WKT .prj files. Note that new style .prj files are in OGC WKT format, but require some manipulation to correct datum names, and units on some projection parameters. This is addressed within importFromESRI() by an automatic call to morphFromESRI().
Currently only GEOGRAPHIC, UTM, STATEPLANE, GREATBRITIAN_GRID, ALBERS, EQUIDISTANT_CONIC, TRANSVERSE (mercator), POLAR, MERCATOR and POLYCONIC projections are supported from old style files.
At this time there is no equivalent exportToESRI() method. Writing old style .prj files is not supported by OGRSpatialReference. However the morphToESRI() and exportToWkt() methods can be used to generate output suitable to write to new style (Arc 8) .prj files.
source
ArchGDAL.importESRI — Method
importESRI(esristr::AbstractString; kwargs...)
Create SRS from its ESRI .prj format(s).
Passing the keyword argument order=:compliant or order=:trad will set the mapping strategy to return compliant axis order or traditional lon/lat order.
source
ArchGDAL.importPROJ4! — Method
importPROJ4!(spref::AbstractSpatialRef, projstr::AbstractString)
Import PROJ.4 coordinate string.
The OGRSpatialReference is initialized from the passed PROJ.4 style coordinate system string. In addition to many +proj formulations which have OGC equivalents, it is also possible to import "+init=epsg:n" style definitions. These are passed to importFromEPSG(). Other init strings (such as the state plane zones) are not currently supported.
Example: pszProj4 = "+proj=utm +zone=11 +datum=WGS84"
Some parameters, such as grids, recognized by PROJ.4 may not be well understood and translated into the OGRSpatialReference model. It is possible to add the +wktext parameter which is a special keyword that OGR recognized as meaning "embed the entire PROJ.4 string in the WKT and use it literally when converting back to PROJ.4 format".
For example: "+proj=nzmg +lat_0=-41 +lon_0=173 +x_0=2510000 +y_0=6023150 +ellps=intl +units=m +nadgrids=nzgd2kgrid0005.gsb +wktext"
source
ArchGDAL.importPROJ4 — Method
importPROJ4(projstr::AbstractString; [order=:compliant])
Create SRS from its PROJ.4 string.
Keyword Arguments
  • order: Sets the axis mapping strategy. :trad will use traditional lon/lat   axis ordering in any actions done with the crs. :compliant, will use axis   ordering compliant with the relevant CRS authority.
source
ArchGDAL.importURL! — Method
importURL!(spref::AbstractSpatialRef, url::AbstractString)
Set spatial reference from a URL.
This method will download the spatial reference at a given URL and feed it into SetFromUserInput for you.
source
ArchGDAL.importURL — Method
importURL(url::AbstractString; [order=:compliant])
Construct SRS from a URL.
This method will download the spatial reference at a given URL and feed it into SetFromUserInput for you.
Keyword Arguments
  • order: Sets the axis mapping strategy. :trad will use traditional lon/lat   axis ordering in any actions done with the crs. :compliant, will use axis   ordering compliant with the relevant CRS authority.
source
ArchGDAL.importUserInput — Method
importUserInput(code::AbstractString; [order=:compliant])
Construct a Spatial Reference System from a user provided code that is parsed by GDAL. This is useful when the input code is in an unknown format or a shortcut not covered by more constrained methods. An example is the code "EPSG:4326+3855", the shortest way to describe a combination of a horizontal and vertical crs.
Keyword Arguments
  • order: Sets the axis mapping strategy. :trad will use traditional lon/lat   axis ordering in any actions done with the crs. :compliant, will use axis   ordering compliant with the relevant CRS authority.
source
ArchGDAL.importWKT! — Method
importWKT!(spref::AbstractSpatialRef, wktstr::AbstractString)
Import from WKT string.
This method will wipe the existing SRS definition, and reassign it based on the contents of the passed WKT string. Only as much of the input string as needed to construct this SRS is consumed from the input string, and the input string pointer is then updated to point to the remaining (unused) input.
source
ArchGDAL.importWKT — Method
importWKT(wktstr::AbstractString; [order=:compliant])
Create SRS from its WKT string.
Keyword Arguments
  • order: Sets the axis mapping strategy. :trad will use traditional lon/lat   axis  ordering in any actions done with the crs. :compliant, will use axis   ordering compliant with the relevant CRS authority.
source
ArchGDAL.importXML! — Method
importXML!(spref::AbstractSpatialRef, xmlstr::AbstractString)
Import SRS from XML format (GML only currently).
source
ArchGDAL.importXML — Method
importXML(xmlstr::AbstractString; [order=:compliant])
Construct SRS from XML format (GML only currently).
Passing the keyword argument order=:compliant or order=:trad will set the mapping strategy to return compliant axis order or traditional lon/lat order.
Keyword Arguments
  • order: Sets the axis mapping strategy. :trad will use traditional lon/lat   axis ordering in any actions done with the crs. :compliant, will use axis   ordering compliant with the relevant CRS authority.
source
ArchGDAL.morphfromESRI! — Method
morphfromESRI!(spref::AbstractSpatialRef)
Convert in place from ESRI WKT format.
The value notes of this coordinate system are modified in various manners to adhere more closely to the WKT standard. This mostly involves translating a variety of ESRI names for projections, arguments and datums to "standard" names, as defined by Adam Gawne-Cain's reference translation of EPSG to WKT for the CT specification.
Missing parameters in TOWGS84, DATUM or GEOGCS nodes can be added to the WKT, comparing existing WKT parameters to GDAL's databases. Note that this optional procedure is very conservative and should not introduce false information into the WKT definition (although caution should be advised when activating it). Needs the Configuration Option GDAL_FIX_ESRI_WKT be set to one of the following (TOWGS84 recommended for proper datum shift calculations)
GDAL_FIX_ESRI_WKT values:
  • TOWGS84 Adds missing TOWGS84 parameters (necessary for datum       transformations), based on named datum and spheroid values.
  • DATUM   Adds EPSG AUTHORITY nodes and sets SPHEROID name to OGR spec.
  • GEOGCS  Adds EPSG AUTHORITY nodes and sets GEOGCS, DATUM and SPHEROID       names to OGR spec. Effectively replaces GEOGCS node with the result of       importFromEPSG(n), using EPSG code n corresponding to the existing       GEOGCS. Does not impact PROJCS values.
source
ArchGDAL.morphtoESRI! — Method
morphtoESRI!(spref::AbstractSpatialRef)
Convert in place to ESRI WKT format.
The value nodes of this coordinate system are modified in various manners more closely map onto the ESRI concept of WKT format. This includes renaming a variety of projections and arguments, and stripping out nodes note recognised by ESRI (like AUTHORITY and AXIS).
source
ArchGDAL.newspatialref — Function
newspatialref(wkt::AbstractString = ""; order=:compliant)
Construct a Spatial Reference System from its WKT.
Keyword Arguments
  • order: Sets the axis mapping strategy. :trad will use traditional lon/lat   axis ordering in any actions done with the crs. :compliant, will use axis   ordering compliant with the relevant CRS authority.
source
ArchGDAL.reproject — Method
reproject(points, sourceproj::GeoFormat, destproj::GeoFormat;
+    cols; <keyword arguments>)
Read/write a region of image data from multiple bands.
This method allows reading a region of one or more RasterBands from this dataset into a buffer, or writing data from a buffer into a region of the RasterBands. It automatically takes care of data type translation if the element type (<:Any) of the buffer is different than that of the RasterBand. The method also takes care of image decimation / replication if the buffer size (xsz × ysz) is different than the size of the region being accessed (xsize × ysize).
The pxspace, linespace and bandspace parameters allow reading into or writing from various organization of buffers.
For highest performance full resolution data access, read and write on "block boundaries" as returned by blocksize(), or use the readblock!() and writeblock!() methods.
Parameters
  • rows        A continuous range of rows expressed as a               UnitRange{<:Integer}, such as 2:9.
  • cols        A continuous range of columns expressed as a               UnitRange{<:Integer}, such as 2:9.
  • access      Either GF_Read to read a region of data, or               GF_Write to write a region of data.
  • xoffset     The pixel offset to the top left corner of the region to be               accessed. It will be 0 (default) to start from the left.
  • yoffset     The line offset to the top left corner of the region to be               accessed. It will be 0 (default) to start from the top.
  • xsize       The width of the region of the band to be accessed in pixels.
  • ysize       The height of the region of the band to be accessed in lines.
  • buffer      The buffer into which the data should be read, or from which it               should be written. It must contain ≥ xsz * ysz * <# of bands>               words of type eltype(buffer). It is organized in left to               right, top to bottom pixel order. Spacing is controlled by the               pxspace, and linespace parameters
  • xsz         The width of the buffer into which the desired region is               to be read, or from which it is to be written.
  • ysz         The height of the buffer into which the desired region is               to be read, or from which it is to be written.
  • bands       The list of bands (1-based) to be read/written.
  • pxspace     The byte offset from the start of a pixel value in the buffer               to the start of the next pixel value within a scanline. By               default (i.e., 0) the size of eltype(buffer) will be used.
  • linespace   The byte offset from the start of one scanline in pBuffer to               the start of the next. By default (i.e., 0) the value of               sizeof(eltype(buffer)) * xsz will be used.
  • bandspace   The byte offset from the start of one bands data to the start               of the next. By default (0), it will be linespace * ysz               implying band sequential organization of the buffer.
Returns
CE_Failure if the access fails, otherwise CE_None.
source
ArchGDAL.readblock! — Method
readblock!(rb::AbstractRasterBand, xoffset::Integer, yoffset::Integer,
+    buffer)
Read a block of image data efficiently.
This method accesses a "natural" block from the raster band without resampling, or data type conversion. For a more generalized, but potentially less efficient access use RasterIO().
Parameters
  • xoffset the horizontal block offset, with zero indicating the left most           block, 1 the next block and so forth.
  • yoffset the vertical block offset, with zero indicating the top most block,           1 the next block and so forth.
  • buffer  the buffer into which the data will be read. The buffer must be           large enough to hold GetBlockXSize()*GetBlockYSize() words of type           GetRasterDataType().
source
ArchGDAL.writeblock! — Method
writeblock!(rb::AbstractRasterBand, xoffset::Integer, yoffset::Integer,
+    buffer)
Write a block of image data efficiently.
This method accesses a "natural" block from the raster band without resampling, or data type conversion. For a more generalized, but potentially less efficient access use RasterIO().
Parameters
  • xoffset the horizontal block offset, with zero indicating the left most           block, 1 the next block and so forth.
  • yoffset the vertical block offset, with zero indicating the left most block,           1 the next block and so forth.
  • buffer  the buffer from which the data will be written. The buffer must be           large enough to hold GetBlockXSize()*GetBlockYSize() words of type           GetRasterDataType().
source
Spatial Projections
ArchGDAL.clone — Method
clone(spref::AbstractSpatialRef)
Makes a clone of the Spatial Reference System. May return NULL.
source
ArchGDAL.crs2transform — Method
crs2transform(f::Function, sourcecrs::GeoFormat, targetcrs::GeoFormat;
+    kwargs...)
Run the function f on a coord transform generated from the source and target crs definitions. These can be any GeoFormat (from GeoFormatTypes) that holds a coordinate reference system.
kwargs are passed through to importCRS.
source
ArchGDAL.getattrvalue — Method
getattrvalue(spref::AbstractSpatialRef, name::AbstractString, i::Integer)
Fetch indicated attribute of named node.
This method uses GetAttrNode() to find the named node, and then extracts the value of the indicated child. Thus a call to getattrvalue(spref,"UNIT",1) would return the second child of the UNIT node, which is normally the length of the linear unit in meters.
Parameters name the tree node to look for (case insensitive). i    the child of the node to fetch (zero based).
Returns the requested value, or nothing if it fails for any reason.
source
ArchGDAL.importCRS! — Function
importCRS!(spref::AbstractSpatialRef, x::GeoFormatTypes.GeoFormat)
Import a coordinate reference system from a GeoFormat into the spatial ref.
source
ArchGDAL.importCRS — Method
importCRS(x::GeoFormatTypes.GeoFormat; [order=:compliant])
Import a coordinate reference system from a GeoFormat into GDAL, returning an ArchGDAL.AbstractSpatialRef.
Keyword Arguments
  • order: Sets the axis mapping strategy. :trad will use traditional lon/lat   axis ordering in any actions done with the crs. :compliant (the default)   will use axis ordering compliant with the relevant CRS authority.
source
ArchGDAL.importEPSG! — Method
importEPSG!(spref::AbstractSpatialRef, code::Integer)
Initialize SRS based on EPSG GCS or PCS code.
This method will initialize the spatial reference based on the passed in EPSG GCS or PCS code. It is relatively expensive, and generally involves quite a bit of text file scanning. Reasonable efforts should be made to avoid calling it many times for the same coordinate system.
Additional Remarks
This method is similar to importFromEPSGA() except that EPSG preferred axis ordering will not be applied for geographic coordinate systems. EPSG normally defines geographic coordinate systems to use lat/long contrary to typical GIS use). Since OGR 1.10.0, EPSG preferred axis ordering will also not be applied for projected coordinate systems that use northing/easting order.
The coordinate system definitions are normally read from the EPSG derived support files such as pcs.csv, gcs.csv, pcs.override.csv, gcs.override.csv and falling back to search for a PROJ.4 epsg init file or a definition in epsg.wkt.
These support files are normally searched for in /usr/local/share/gdal or in the directory identified by the GDAL_DATA configuration option. See CPLFindFile() for details.
source
ArchGDAL.importEPSG — Method
importEPSG(code::Integer; [order=:compliant])
Construct a Spatial Reference System from its EPSG GCS or PCS code.
Keyword Arguments
  • order: Sets the axis mapping strategy. :trad will use traditional lon/lat   axis ordering in any actions done with the crs. :compliant, will use axis   ordering compliant with the relevant CRS authority.
source
ArchGDAL.importEPSGA! — Method
importEPSGA!(spref::AbstractSpatialRef, code::Integer)
Initialize SRS based on EPSG CRS code.
This method is similar to importFromEPSG() except that EPSG preferred axis ordering will be applied for geographic and projected coordinate systems. EPSG normally defines geographic coordinate systems to use lat/long, and also there are also a few projected coordinate systems that use northing/easting order contrary to typical GIS use). See importFromEPSG() for more details on operation of this method.
source
ArchGDAL.importEPSGA — Method
importEPSGA(code::Integer; [order=:compliant])
Construct a Spatial Reference System from its EPSG CRS code.
This method is similar to importFromEPSG() except that EPSG preferred axis ordering will be applied for geographic and projected coordinate systems. EPSG normally defines geographic coordinate systems to use lat/long, and also there are also a few projected coordinate systems that use northing/easting order contrary to typical GIS use). See importFromEPSG() for more details on operation of this method.
Keyword Arguments
  • order: Sets the axis mapping strategy. :trad will use traditional lon/lat   axis  ordering in any actions done with the crs. :compliant, will use axis   ordering compliant with the relevant CRS authority.
source
ArchGDAL.importESRI! — Method
importESRI!(spref::AbstractSpatialRef, esristr::AbstractString)
Import coordinate system from ESRI .prj format(s).
This function will read the text loaded from an ESRI .prj file, and translate it into an OGRSpatialReference definition. This should support many (but by no means all) old style (Arc/Info 7.x) .prj files, as well as the newer pseudo-OGC WKT .prj files. Note that new style .prj files are in OGC WKT format, but require some manipulation to correct datum names, and units on some projection parameters. This is addressed within importFromESRI() by an automatic call to morphFromESRI().
Currently only GEOGRAPHIC, UTM, STATEPLANE, GREATBRITIAN_GRID, ALBERS, EQUIDISTANT_CONIC, TRANSVERSE (mercator), POLAR, MERCATOR and POLYCONIC projections are supported from old style files.
At this time there is no equivalent exportToESRI() method. Writing old style .prj files is not supported by OGRSpatialReference. However the morphToESRI() and exportToWkt() methods can be used to generate output suitable to write to new style (Arc 8) .prj files.
source
ArchGDAL.importESRI — Method
importESRI(esristr::AbstractString; kwargs...)
Create SRS from its ESRI .prj format(s).
Passing the keyword argument order=:compliant or order=:trad will set the mapping strategy to return compliant axis order or traditional lon/lat order.
source
ArchGDAL.importPROJ4! — Method
importPROJ4!(spref::AbstractSpatialRef, projstr::AbstractString)
Import PROJ.4 coordinate string.
The OGRSpatialReference is initialized from the passed PROJ.4 style coordinate system string. In addition to many +proj formulations which have OGC equivalents, it is also possible to import "+init=epsg:n" style definitions. These are passed to importFromEPSG(). Other init strings (such as the state plane zones) are not currently supported.
Example: pszProj4 = "+proj=utm +zone=11 +datum=WGS84"
Some parameters, such as grids, recognized by PROJ.4 may not be well understood and translated into the OGRSpatialReference model. It is possible to add the +wktext parameter which is a special keyword that OGR recognized as meaning "embed the entire PROJ.4 string in the WKT and use it literally when converting back to PROJ.4 format".
For example: "+proj=nzmg +lat_0=-41 +lon_0=173 +x_0=2510000 +y_0=6023150 +ellps=intl +units=m +nadgrids=nzgd2kgrid0005.gsb +wktext"
source
ArchGDAL.importPROJ4 — Method
importPROJ4(projstr::AbstractString; [order=:compliant])
Create SRS from its PROJ.4 string.
Keyword Arguments
  • order: Sets the axis mapping strategy. :trad will use traditional lon/lat   axis ordering in any actions done with the crs. :compliant, will use axis   ordering compliant with the relevant CRS authority.
source
ArchGDAL.importURL! — Method
importURL!(spref::AbstractSpatialRef, url::AbstractString)
Set spatial reference from a URL.
This method will download the spatial reference at a given URL and feed it into SetFromUserInput for you.
source
ArchGDAL.importURL — Method
importURL(url::AbstractString; [order=:compliant])
Construct SRS from a URL.
This method will download the spatial reference at a given URL and feed it into SetFromUserInput for you.
Keyword Arguments
  • order: Sets the axis mapping strategy. :trad will use traditional lon/lat   axis ordering in any actions done with the crs. :compliant, will use axis   ordering compliant with the relevant CRS authority.
source
ArchGDAL.importUserInput — Method
importUserInput(code::AbstractString; [order=:compliant])
Construct a Spatial Reference System from a user provided code that is parsed by GDAL. This is useful when the input code is in an unknown format or a shortcut not covered by more constrained methods. An example is the code "EPSG:4326+3855", the shortest way to describe a combination of a horizontal and vertical crs.
Keyword Arguments
  • order: Sets the axis mapping strategy. :trad will use traditional lon/lat   axis ordering in any actions done with the crs. :compliant, will use axis   ordering compliant with the relevant CRS authority.
source
ArchGDAL.importWKT! — Method
importWKT!(spref::AbstractSpatialRef, wktstr::AbstractString)
Import from WKT string.
This method will wipe the existing SRS definition, and reassign it based on the contents of the passed WKT string. Only as much of the input string as needed to construct this SRS is consumed from the input string, and the input string pointer is then updated to point to the remaining (unused) input.
source
ArchGDAL.importWKT — Method
importWKT(wktstr::AbstractString; [order=:compliant])
Create SRS from its WKT string.
Keyword Arguments
  • order: Sets the axis mapping strategy. :trad will use traditional lon/lat   axis  ordering in any actions done with the crs. :compliant, will use axis   ordering compliant with the relevant CRS authority.
source
ArchGDAL.importXML! — Method
importXML!(spref::AbstractSpatialRef, xmlstr::AbstractString)
Import SRS from XML format (GML only currently).
source
ArchGDAL.importXML — Method
importXML(xmlstr::AbstractString; [order=:compliant])
Construct SRS from XML format (GML only currently).
Passing the keyword argument order=:compliant or order=:trad will set the mapping strategy to return compliant axis order or traditional lon/lat order.
Keyword Arguments
  • order: Sets the axis mapping strategy. :trad will use traditional lon/lat   axis ordering in any actions done with the crs. :compliant, will use axis   ordering compliant with the relevant CRS authority.
source
ArchGDAL.morphfromESRI! — Method
morphfromESRI!(spref::AbstractSpatialRef)
Convert in place from ESRI WKT format.
The value notes of this coordinate system are modified in various manners to adhere more closely to the WKT standard. This mostly involves translating a variety of ESRI names for projections, arguments and datums to "standard" names, as defined by Adam Gawne-Cain's reference translation of EPSG to WKT for the CT specification.
Missing parameters in TOWGS84, DATUM or GEOGCS nodes can be added to the WKT, comparing existing WKT parameters to GDAL's databases. Note that this optional procedure is very conservative and should not introduce false information into the WKT definition (although caution should be advised when activating it). Needs the Configuration Option GDAL_FIX_ESRI_WKT be set to one of the following (TOWGS84 recommended for proper datum shift calculations)
GDAL_FIX_ESRI_WKT values:
  • TOWGS84 Adds missing TOWGS84 parameters (necessary for datum       transformations), based on named datum and spheroid values.
  • DATUM   Adds EPSG AUTHORITY nodes and sets SPHEROID name to OGR spec.
  • GEOGCS  Adds EPSG AUTHORITY nodes and sets GEOGCS, DATUM and SPHEROID       names to OGR spec. Effectively replaces GEOGCS node with the result of       importFromEPSG(n), using EPSG code n corresponding to the existing       GEOGCS. Does not impact PROJCS values.
source
ArchGDAL.morphtoESRI! — Method
morphtoESRI!(spref::AbstractSpatialRef)
Convert in place to ESRI WKT format.
The value nodes of this coordinate system are modified in various manners more closely map onto the ESRI concept of WKT format. This includes renaming a variety of projections and arguments, and stripping out nodes note recognised by ESRI (like AUTHORITY and AXIS).
source
ArchGDAL.newspatialref — Function
newspatialref(wkt::AbstractString = ""; order=:compliant)
Construct a Spatial Reference System from its WKT.
Keyword Arguments
  • order: Sets the axis mapping strategy. :trad will use traditional lon/lat   axis ordering in any actions done with the crs. :compliant, will use axis   ordering compliant with the relevant CRS authority.
source
ArchGDAL.reproject — Method
reproject(points, sourceproj::GeoFormat, destproj::GeoFormat;
     [order=:compliant])
Reproject points to a different coordinate reference system and/or format.
Arguments
  • coord: Vector of Geometry points
  • sourcecrs: The current coordinate reference system, as a GeoFormat
  • targetcrs: The coordinate reference system to transform to, using any CRS   capable GeoFormat
Keyword Arguments
  • order: Sets the axis mapping strategy. :trad will use traditional lon/lat   axis ordering in any actions done with the crs. :compliant (the default)   will use axis  ordering compliant with the relevant CRS authority.
Example
julia> using ArchGDAL, GeoFormatTypes
 
 julia> ArchGDAL.reproject(
@@ -93,36 +93,36 @@
 )
 2-element Array{Array{Float64,1},1}:
  [-2.60813482878655e6, 1.5770429674905164e7]
- [-2.663928675953517e6, 1.56208905951487e7]
source
ArchGDAL.setattrvalue! — Method
setattrvalue!(spref::AbstractSpatialRef, path::AbstractString,
-    value::AbstractString)
Set attribute value in spatial reference.
Missing intermediate nodes in the path will be created if not already in existence. If the attribute has no children one will be created and assigned the value otherwise the zeroth child will be assigned the value.
Parameters
  • path: full path to attribute to be set. For instance "PROJCS|GEOGCS|UNIT".
  • value: (optional) to be assigned to node, such as "meter". This may be left           out if you just want to force creation of the intermediate path.
source
ArchGDAL.toEPSG — Method
toEPSG(spref::AbstractSpatialRef)
Export EPSG code for this coordinate system if available.
source
ArchGDAL.toMICoordSys — Method
toMICoordSys(spref::AbstractSpatialRef)
Export coordinate system in Mapinfo style CoordSys format.
source
ArchGDAL.toWKT — Method
toWKT(spref::AbstractSpatialRef, simplify::Bool)
Convert this SRS into a nicely formatted WKT string for display to a person.
Parameters
  • spref:      the SRS to be converted
  • simplify:   true if the AXIS, AUTHORITY and EXTENSION nodes should               be stripped off.
source
ArchGDAL.toXML — Method
toXML(spref::AbstractSpatialRef)
Export coordinate system in XML format.
Converts the loaded coordinate reference system into XML format to the extent possible. LOCALCS coordinate systems are not translatable. An empty string will be returned along with OGRERRNONE.
source
ArchGDAL.transform! — Method
transform!(xvertices, yvertices, zvertices, obj::CoordTransform)
Transform points from source to destination space.
Parameters
  • xvertices   array of nCount X vertices, modified in place.
  • yvertices   array of nCount Y vertices, modified in place.
  • zvertices   array of nCount Z vertices, modified in place.
Returns
true on success, or false if some or all points fail to transform.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_createcoordtrans — Method
unsafe_createcoordtrans(source::AbstractSpatialRef,
-    target::AbstractSpatialRef)
Create transformation object.
Parameters
  • source: source spatial reference system.
  • target: target spatial reference system.
Returns
NULL on failure or a ready to use transformation object.
source
Geo Transformations
ArchGDAL.setattrvalue! — Method
setattrvalue!(spref::AbstractSpatialRef, path::AbstractString,
+    value::AbstractString)
Set attribute value in spatial reference.
Missing intermediate nodes in the path will be created if not already in existence. If the attribute has no children one will be created and assigned the value otherwise the zeroth child will be assigned the value.
Parameters
  • path: full path to attribute to be set. For instance "PROJCS|GEOGCS|UNIT".
  • value: (optional) to be assigned to node, such as "meter". This may be left           out if you just want to force creation of the intermediate path.
source
ArchGDAL.toEPSG — Method
toEPSG(spref::AbstractSpatialRef)
Export EPSG code for this coordinate system if available.
source
ArchGDAL.toMICoordSys — Method
toMICoordSys(spref::AbstractSpatialRef)
Export coordinate system in Mapinfo style CoordSys format.
source
ArchGDAL.toWKT — Method
toWKT(spref::AbstractSpatialRef, simplify::Bool)
Convert this SRS into a nicely formatted WKT string for display to a person.
Parameters
  • spref:      the SRS to be converted
  • simplify:   true if the AXIS, AUTHORITY and EXTENSION nodes should               be stripped off.
source
ArchGDAL.toXML — Method
toXML(spref::AbstractSpatialRef)
Export coordinate system in XML format.
Converts the loaded coordinate reference system into XML format to the extent possible. LOCALCS coordinate systems are not translatable. An empty string will be returned along with OGRERRNONE.
source
ArchGDAL.transform! — Method
transform!(xvertices, yvertices, zvertices, obj::CoordTransform)
Transform points from source to destination space.
Parameters
  • xvertices   array of nCount X vertices, modified in place.
  • yvertices   array of nCount Y vertices, modified in place.
  • zvertices   array of nCount Z vertices, modified in place.
Returns
true on success, or false if some or all points fail to transform.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_createcoordtrans — Method
unsafe_createcoordtrans(source::AbstractSpatialRef,
+    target::AbstractSpatialRef)
Create transformation object.
Parameters
  • source: source spatial reference system.
  • target: target spatial reference system.
Returns
NULL on failure or a ready to use transformation object.
source
Geo Transformations
ArchGDAL.applygeotransform — Method
applygeotransform(geotransform::Vector{Float64}, pixel::Float64,
     line::Float64)
Apply GeoTransform to x/y coordinate.
Applies the following computation, converting a (pixel,line) coordinate into a georeferenced (geo_x,geo_y) location.
    geo_x = geotransform[1] + pixel*geotransform[2] + line*geotransform[3]
-    geo_y = geotransform[4] + pixel*geotransform[5] + line*geotransform[6]
Parameters
  • geotransform  Six coefficient GeoTransform to apply.
  • pixel           input pixel position.
  • line            input line position.
source
ArchGDAL.composegeotransform! — Method
composegeotransform!(gt1::Vector{Float64}, gt2::Vector{Float64},
-    gtout::Vector{Float64})
Compose two geotransforms.
The resulting geotransform is the equivalent to padfGT1 and then padfGT2 being applied to a point.
Parameters
  • gt1     the first geotransform, six values.
  • gt2     the second geotransform, six values.
  • gtout   the output geotransform, six values.
source
ArchGDAL.invgeotransform! — Method
invgeotransform!(gt_in::Vector{Float64}, gt_out::Vector{Float64})
Invert Geotransform.
This function will invert a standard 3x2 set of GeoTransform coefficients. This converts the equation from being pixel to geo to being geo to pixel.
Parameters
  • gt_in       Input geotransform (six doubles - unaltered).
  • gt_out      Output geotransform (six doubles - updated).
Returns
gt_out
source
Utilities
ArchGDAL.gdalinfo — Function
gdalinfo(dataset::AbstractDataset, options = String[])
List various information about a GDAL supported raster dataset.
Parameters
  • dataset: The source dataset.
  • options: List of options (potentially including filename and open   options). The accepted options are the ones of the gdalinfo utility.
Returns
String corresponding to the information about the raster dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_gdalbuildvrt — Function
unsafe_gdalbuildvrt(
+    geo_y = geotransform[4] + pixel*geotransform[5] + line*geotransform[6]
Parameters
  • geotransform  Six coefficient GeoTransform to apply.
  • pixel           input pixel position.
  • line            input line position.
source
ArchGDAL.composegeotransform! — Method
composegeotransform!(gt1::Vector{Float64}, gt2::Vector{Float64},
+    gtout::Vector{Float64})
Compose two geotransforms.
The resulting geotransform is the equivalent to padfGT1 and then padfGT2 being applied to a point.
Parameters
  • gt1     the first geotransform, six values.
  • gt2     the second geotransform, six values.
  • gtout   the output geotransform, six values.
source
ArchGDAL.invgeotransform! — Method
invgeotransform!(gt_in::Vector{Float64}, gt_out::Vector{Float64})
Invert Geotransform.
This function will invert a standard 3x2 set of GeoTransform coefficients. This converts the equation from being pixel to geo to being geo to pixel.
Parameters
  • gt_in       Input geotransform (six doubles - unaltered).
  • gt_out      Output geotransform (six doubles - updated).
Returns
gt_out
source
Utilities
ArchGDAL.gdalinfo — Function
gdalinfo(dataset::AbstractDataset, options = String[])
List various information about a GDAL supported raster dataset.
Parameters
  • dataset: The source dataset.
  • options: List of options (potentially including filename and open   options). The accepted options are the ones of the gdalinfo utility.
Returns
String corresponding to the information about the raster dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_gdalbuildvrt — Function
unsafe_gdalbuildvrt(
     datasets::Vector{<:AbstractDataset},
     options = String[];
-    dest = "/vsimem/tmp")
Build a VRT from a list of datasets.
Parameters
  • datasets: The list of input datasets.
  • options: List of options (potentially including filename and open   options). The accepted options are the ones of the gdalbuildvrt utility.
Returns
The output dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_gdaldem — Function
unsafe_gdaldem(
+    dest = "/vsimem/tmp")
Build a VRT from a list of datasets.
Parameters
  • datasets: The list of input datasets.
  • options: List of options (potentially including filename and open   options). The accepted options are the ones of the gdalbuildvrt utility.
Returns
The output dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_gdaldem — Function
unsafe_gdaldem(
     dataset::AbstractDataset,
     processing::String,
     options = String[];
     dest = "/vsimem/tmp",
-    colorfile)
Tools to analyze and visualize DEMs.
Parameters
  • dataset: The source dataset.
  • pszProcessing: the processing to apply (one of "hillshade", "slope",   "aspect", "color-relief", "TRI", "TPI", "Roughness").
  • options: List of options (potentially including filename and open   options). The accepted options are the ones of the gdaldem utility.
Keyword Arguments
  • colorfile: color file (mandatory for "color-relief" processing,   should be empty otherwise).
Returns
The output dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_gdalgrid — Function
unsafe_gdalgrid(
+    colorfile)
Tools to analyze and visualize DEMs.
Parameters
  • dataset: The source dataset.
  • pszProcessing: the processing to apply (one of "hillshade", "slope",   "aspect", "color-relief", "TRI", "TPI", "Roughness").
  • options: List of options (potentially including filename and open   options). The accepted options are the ones of the gdaldem utility.
Keyword Arguments
  • colorfile: color file (mandatory for "color-relief" processing,   should be empty otherwise).
Returns
The output dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_gdalgrid — Function
unsafe_gdalgrid(
     dataset::AbstractDataset,
     options = String[];
-    dest = "/vsimem/tmp")
Create a raster from the scattered data.
Parameters
  • dataset: The source dataset.
  • options: List of options (potentially including filename and open   options). The accepted options are the ones of the gdal_grid utility.
Returns
The output dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_gdalnearblack — Function
unsafe_gdalnearblack(
+    dest = "/vsimem/tmp")
Create a raster from the scattered data.
Parameters
  • dataset: The source dataset.
  • options: List of options (potentially including filename and open   options). The accepted options are the ones of the gdal_grid utility.
Returns
The output dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_gdalnearblack — Function
unsafe_gdalnearblack(
     dataset::AbstractDataset,
     options = String[];
-    dest = "/vsimem/tmp")
Convert nearly black/white borders to exact value.
Parameters
  • dataset: The source dataset.
  • options: List of options (potentially including filename and open   options). The accepted options are the ones of the nearblack utility.
Returns
The output dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_gdalrasterize — Function
unsafe_gdalrasterize(
+    dest = "/vsimem/tmp")
Convert nearly black/white borders to exact value.
Parameters
  • dataset: The source dataset.
  • options: List of options (potentially including filename and open   options). The accepted options are the ones of the nearblack utility.
Returns
The output dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_gdalrasterize — Function
unsafe_gdalrasterize(
     dataset::AbstractDataset,
     options = String[];
-    dest = "/vsimem/tmp")
Burn vector geometries into a raster.
Parameters
  • dataset: The source dataset.
  • options: List of options (potentially including filename and open   options). The accepted options are the ones of the gdal_rasterize utility.
Returns
The output dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_gdaltranslate — Function
unsafe_gdaltranslate(
+    dest = "/vsimem/tmp")
Burn vector geometries into a raster.
Parameters
  • dataset: The source dataset.
  • options: List of options (potentially including filename and open   options). The accepted options are the ones of the gdal_rasterize utility.
Returns
The output dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_gdaltranslate — Function
unsafe_gdaltranslate(
     dataset::AbstractDataset,
     options = String[];
-    dest = "/vsimem/tmp")
Convert raster data between different formats.
Parameters
  • dataset: The dataset to be translated.
  • options: List of options (potentially including filename and open   options). The accepted options are the ones of the gdal_translate utility.
Returns
The output dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_gdalvectortranslate — Function
unsafe_gdalvectortranslate(
+    dest = "/vsimem/tmp")
Convert raster data between different formats.
Parameters
  • dataset: The dataset to be translated.
  • options: List of options (potentially including filename and open   options). The accepted options are the ones of the gdal_translate utility.
Returns
The output dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_gdalvectortranslate — Function
unsafe_gdalvectortranslate(
     datasets::Vector{<:AbstractDataset},
     options = String[];
-    dest = "/vsimem/tmp")
Convert vector data between file formats.
Parameters
  • datasets: The list of input datasets (only 1 supported currently).
  • options: List of options (potentially including filename and open   options). The accepted options are the ones of the ogr2ogr utility.
Returns
The output dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_gdalwarp — Function
unsafe_gdalwarp(
+    dest = "/vsimem/tmp")
Convert vector data between file formats.
Parameters
  • datasets: The list of input datasets (only 1 supported currently).
  • options: List of options (potentially including filename and open   options). The accepted options are the ones of the ogr2ogr utility.
Returns
The output dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.unsafe_gdalwarp — Function
unsafe_gdalwarp(
     datasets::Vector{<:AbstractDataset},
     options = String[];
-    dest = "/vsimem/tmp")
Image reprojection and warping function.
Parameters
  • datasets: The list of input datasets.
  • options: List of options (potentially including filename and open   options). The accepted options are the ones of the gdalwarp utility.
Returns
The output dataset.
source
Format Drivers
ArchGDAL.copyfiles — Function
copyfiles(drv::Driver, new::AbstractString, old::AbstractString)
-copyfiles(drvname::AbstractString, new::AbstractString, old::AbstractString)
Copy all the files associated with a dataset.
source
ArchGDAL.extensiondriver — Method
extensiondriver(filename::AbstractString)
Returns a driver shortname that matches the filename extension.
So extensiondriver("/my/file.tif") == "GTiff".
source
ArchGDAL.extensions — Method
extensions()
Returns a Dict{String,String} of all of the file extensions that can be read by GDAL,  with their respective drivers' shortnames.
source
ArchGDAL.getdriver — Method
getdriver(name::AbstractString)
Fetch a driver based on the short name (such as GTiff).
source
ArchGDAL.identifydriver — Method
identifydriver(filename::AbstractString)
Identify the driver that can open a raster file.
This function will try to identify the driver that can open the passed filename by invoking the Identify method of each registered Driver in turn. The first driver that successful identifies the file name will be returned. If all drivers fail then NULL is returned.
source
ArchGDAL.longname — Method
longname(drv::Driver)
Return the long name of a driver (e.g. GeoTIFF), or empty string.
source
ArchGDAL.options — Method
options(drv::Driver)
Return the list of creation options of the driver [an XML string].
source
ArchGDAL.validate — Method
validate(drv::Driver, options::Vector{<:AbstractString})
Validate the list of creation options that are handled by a drv.
This is a helper method primarily used by create() and copy() to validate that the passed in list of creation options is compatible with the GDAL_DMD_CREATIONOPTIONLIST metadata item defined by some drivers.
Parameters
  • drv     the handle of the driver with whom the lists of creation option           must be validated
  • options the list of creation options. An array of strings, whose last           element is a NULL pointer
Returns
true if the list of creation options is compatible with the create() and createcopy() method of the driver, false otherwise.
Additional Remarks
See also: options(drv::Driver)
If the GDAL_DMD_CREATIONOPTIONLIST metadata item is not defined, this function will return $true$. Otherwise it will check that the keys and values in the list of creation options are compatible with the capabilities declared by the GDAL_DMD_CREATIONOPTIONLIST metadata item. In case of incompatibility a (non fatal) warning will be emited and $false$ will be returned.
source
GeoInterface

+    dest = "/vsimem/tmp")

Image reprojection and warping function.

Parameters

  • datasets: The list of input datasets.
  • options: List of options (potentially including filename and open options). The accepted options are the ones of the gdalwarp utility.

Returns

The output dataset.

source

Format Drivers

ArchGDAL.copyfiles — Function
copyfiles(drv::Driver, new::AbstractString, old::AbstractString)
+copyfiles(drvname::AbstractString, new::AbstractString, old::AbstractString)

Copy all the files associated with a dataset.

source
ArchGDAL.extensiondriver — Method
extensiondriver(filename::AbstractString)

Returns a driver shortname that matches the filename extension.

So extensiondriver("/my/file.tif") == "GTiff".

source
ArchGDAL.extensions — Method
extensions()

Returns a Dict{String,String} of all of the file extensions that can be read by GDAL, with their respective drivers' shortnames.

source
ArchGDAL.getdriver — Method
getdriver(name::AbstractString)

Fetch a driver based on the short name (such as GTiff).

source
ArchGDAL.identifydriver — Method
identifydriver(filename::AbstractString)

Identify the driver that can open a raster file.

This function will try to identify the driver that can open the passed filename by invoking the Identify method of each registered Driver in turn. The first driver that successful identifies the file name will be returned. If all drivers fail then NULL is returned.

source
ArchGDAL.longname — Method
longname(drv::Driver)

Return the long name of a driver (e.g. GeoTIFF), or empty string.

source
ArchGDAL.options — Method
options(drv::Driver)

Return the list of creation options of the driver [an XML string].

source
ArchGDAL.validate — Method
validate(drv::Driver, options::Vector{<:AbstractString})

Validate the list of creation options that are handled by a drv.

This is a helper method primarily used by create() and copy() to validate that the passed in list of creation options is compatible with the GDAL_DMD_CREATIONOPTIONLIST metadata item defined by some drivers.

Parameters

  • drv the handle of the driver with whom the lists of creation option must be validated
  • options the list of creation options. An array of strings, whose last element is a NULL pointer

Returns

true if the list of creation options is compatible with the create() and createcopy() method of the driver, false otherwise.

Additional Remarks

See also: options(drv::Driver)

If the GDAL_DMD_CREATIONOPTIONLIST metadata item is not defined, this function will return $true$. Otherwise it will check that the keys and values in the list of creation options are compatible with the capabilities declared by the GDAL_DMD_CREATIONOPTIONLIST metadata item. In case of incompatibility a (non fatal) warning will be emited and $false$ will be returned.

source

GeoInterface

diff --git a/dev/search/index.html b/dev/search/index.html index 9c5b5f28..1fe1bae3 100644 --- a/dev/search/index.html +++ b/dev/search/index.html @@ -1,2 +1,2 @@ -Search · ArchGDAL.jl +Search · ArchGDAL.jl diff --git a/dev/spatialite/index.html b/dev/spatialite/index.html index f194b32f..f5c431d9 100644 --- a/dev/spatialite/index.html +++ b/dev/spatialite/index.html @@ -129,4 +129,4 @@ * the `GLength()` function applied to a `MULTILINESTRING` returns the sum of individual lengths for each `LINESTRING` composing the collection. * the `Area()` function applied to a `MULTIPOLYGON` returns the sum of individual areas for each `POLYGON` in the collection. * the `Centroid()` function returns the *average centroid* when applied to a `MULTIPOLYGON`. -=# +=# diff --git a/dev/tables/index.html b/dev/tables/index.html index a91f66cd..63b6f4f7 100644 --- a/dev/tables/index.html +++ b/dev/tables/index.html @@ -3,4 +3,4 @@ DataFrames.DataFrame(ArchGDAL.getlayer(dataset, 0))
4×3 DataFrame
RowFIDpointname
IGeometr…Float64String
1Geometry: wkbPoint2.0point-a
2Geometry: wkbPoint3.0point-b
3Geometry: wkbPoint0.0a
4Geometry: wkbPoint3.0b

To illustrate multiple geometries, here is a second example based on the data/multi_geom.csv dataset:

dataset1 = ArchGDAL.read("data/multi_geom.csv", options = ["GEOM_POSSIBLE_NAMES=point,linestring", "KEEP_GEOM_COLUMNS=NO"])
 
-DataFrames.DataFrame(ArchGDAL.getlayer(dataset1, 0))
2×5 DataFrame
Rowpointlinestringidzoomlocation
IGeometr…IGeometr…StringStringString
1Geometry: wkbPointGeometry: wkbLineString5.11.0Mumbai
2Geometry: wkbPointGeometry: wkbLineString5.22.0New Delhi
+DataFrames.DataFrame(ArchGDAL.getlayer(dataset1, 0))
2×5 DataFrame
Rowpointlinestringidzoomlocation
IGeometr…IGeometr…StringStringString
1Geometry: wkbPointGeometry: wkbLineString5.11.0Mumbai
2Geometry: wkbPointGeometry: wkbLineString5.22.0New Delhi